Home

STP 10-92Y12-SM-TG Soldier`s Manual and Trainer`s

1. h Duty Section Mandatory entry i Duty MOS Optional entry j Phone Optional entry k Email Optional entry I Station Name Optional entry m Supervisor Name Optional entry Supervisor Rank Optional entry Supervisor Phone Optional entry Last Inventory Mandatory entry Next Inventory Mandatory entry Shirt Size Optional entry Trouser Size Optional entry t Cap Size Optional entry u Boot Size Optional entry v Glove Size Optional entry w Coat Size Optional entry 7 Click the Apply button NOTE Read the message in the dialog box carefully as it will vary based on the status of the individual 8 Click the OK button on the dialog box to save the data and to display the OCIE Inventory screen NOTE Only one option may be selected After a selection is made the OCIE Inventory screen closes Use the OCIE Clothing Record tab to reprint the form 9 Click the Inventory Statement button to print with an inventory statement using Microsoft Word 10 Click the Generate 3645 button to print a DA Form 3645 1 b Modify OCIE personnel records 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Click OCIE 3 Click Personnel to display the OCIE Maintenance screen Personnel tab a n 0 p q r s 30 April 2008 3 115 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Click the SSN to display the OCIE Holder screen 5 Type the changes in the appropriate fields or click the LOV and select a value NOT
2. 26 Created a User Created or Combat Ammunition Turn In 27 Created a User Created Residue Turn In 28 Created a Post Post Ammunition Turn In to the ASP 29 Created a Post Post Residue Turn In to the ASP Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM DA PAM 710 2 1 AR 710 2 LOCAL SOP 30 April 2008 3 111 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Subject Area 3 Organizational Clothing Procedures Process Personal Clothing Request 101 92Y 1205 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment given the requirement to process a personal clothing request Given a blank DA Form 3078 Personal Clothing Request AR 700 84 Issue and Sale of Personnel Clothing AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS CTA 50 900 Clothing and Individual Equipment local standing operating procedure SOP and a computer with local forms program Standards Process DA Form 3078 in accordance with AR 700 84 CTA 50 900 and local SOP without rejection by the Army Military Clothing Sales Store AMCSS Performance Steps 1 Obtain personal clothing inventory results Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 1 paragraph 1 4 Chapter 4 paragraphs 4 1 4 2 and
3. 7 Add an Authorization utilizing PBUSE Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 NOTE LOGTAADS Authorizations are updated automatically Do not use the process to add LOGTAADS Authorizations Add authorizations that fall under criteria other than LOGTAADS which include CTA and or other authorization documents a Access the PBUSE MAIN Menu b Click Property Book c Click Add authorization to display the Authorizations screen Add Authorizations tab d Click the Find button to display the UIC Search screen e Click the UIC to select the unit NOTE An authorization can be established for the same LIN NSLIN but using a different PBIC f Enter the LIN NOTE The LIN must exist in the catalog g Select the desired PBIC from the LOV h Select a TAC from the LOV NOTE The TAC controls the Auth Doc Nr field and vice versa TACs 3 8 9 prevent changes to the ERC i Select the desired ERC from the LOV j Enter a Req Qty and an Auth Qty k Select an SRI NOTE If a TAC was selected the Auth Doc Nr filed will be filled However the TAC 3 has three possible entries CTA 8 100 CTA 50 900 and CTA 50 909 Select the correct entry 3 158 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures 1 N DO OO A ODN Viewed Authorizations utilizing PBUSE Printed Authorization listing utilizing PBUSE Viewed LOGTAADS Visibility Listing utilizing PBUSE Printed LOGTAADS Visibility Listing utilizing PBUSE
4. 9 Stored hazardous materials Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 54 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG References Required Related AR 190 11 LOCAL SOP AR 190 51 AR 710 2 DA PAM 190 51 FM 10 67 1 MIL STD 129P TM 38 410 30 April 2008 3 55 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Inventory Property 101 92Y 1022 Conditions Assigned as the unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment given the requirement to inventory property Given property records DA Form 2062 Hand Receipt DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn in location of equipment hand receipts property listings of equipment to be inventoried appropriate publications AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS AR 190 11 Physical Security of Arms Ammunition and Explosives AR 735 5 Polices and Procedures for Property Accountability AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level DA Pamphlet 25 30 Consolidated Index Army Publications and Forms DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures a Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with forms program Standards Conduct inventories without losing supply accountability in accordance with the appropriate publications Performance Steps 1 Prepare fo
5. 6 Depress the drop safety and allow the bolt to go all the way forward 9 Perform unit maintenance on long range sniper rifle caliber 50 M107 Reference TM 9 1005 239 10 TM 9 1005 239 23 amp P and DA Pamphlet 750 8 a Safety Requirements 1 Clear the Weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 239 10 2 Wear safety goggles 3 Use only the standard Toolbox SASR that accompanies the weapon system b Disassemble the Long Range Sniper Rifle CAUTION Ensure that the weapon is unloaded and on SAFE before performing these procedures 1 Clear the Weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 239 10 2 Press magazine catch forward towards the cartridge magazine and remove cartridge magazine from lower receiver assembly 3 Remove rear lock pin and midlock pin 4 Grasp charging handle on bolt carrier and pull to rear until bolt clears barrel extension NOTE While holding charging handle to rear lift back end upper receiver assembly until it clears bolt Allow bolt carrier to return slowly to its forward position 5 Disengage front hook of upper receiver assembly from front hook pin on lower receiver assembly and lift upper receiver assembly clear of lower receiver assembly NOTE Mainspring buffer and mainspring are under heavy spring tension Exercise care to avoid injury When removing bolt carrier from lower receiver assembly ensure carrier is completely forward of housing before lifting to avoid damage to lower receiver assembly c Check weapon for service
6. STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Prepare manual DA Form 3161 as a request for issue References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 Figure 2 2 a Prepare DA Form 3161 1 Prepare the form in enough copies to meet local needs Sheet No block Enter number of sheets consecutively Number of Sheets block Enter total number of sheets included in the request for issue Block 1 Enter the name and address of the SSA SOS Block 2 Enter the name of the unit making the request Block 3 Enter the document number assigned to the request from the document register Block 4 Enter project code or leave blank Block 5 Enter the RDD of material requested or leave blank Block 7 Enter the priority designator Block 8 Enter cost detail accounting information Block 10 Enter the authorizing document publication Column 12a Enter the item number in sequence for each item requested Column 12b Enter the stock number for each item requested Column 12c Enter one or two words that describe each item requested Enter the words LAST ITEM after the last entry 16 Column 12d Enter the unit of issue of each item requested 17 Column 12e Enter the quantity of each item requested 18 Column 12f Enter the proper issue code from the form b Record the DA Form 3161 in the appropriate document register c Forward the DA Form 3161 to the supporting SSA SOS 1 Column 12g Complete this entry after items are recei
7. Viewed LOGTAADS Change Listing utilizing PBUSE Printed LOGTAADS Change Listing utilizing PBUSE Added an Authorization utilizing PBUSE Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 25 400 2 AR 710 2 AR 725 50 CTA 8 100 CTA 50 900 CTA 50 909 30 April 2008 3 159 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Process a Lateral Transfer of Property 101 92Y 2104 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to process a lateral transfer of property Given the property book records DA Form 2064 Document Register AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level the unit s local standing operating procedures SOP AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM and a Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with a forms program Standards Process a lateral transfer of property without being rejected by the approving authority while maintaining 100 percent property accountability Performance Steps 1 Process a Lateral Transfer Document utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM
8. a K Time periods 25 through 6 Records are kept in the current files area until the time period specified has passed then destroy example K3 keep for 3 years then destroy b KE Time periods 25 through 6 plus the event Records are kept in the current files area until the event occurs and then the specified time then destroy example KE4 keep 4 years after the event then destroy c KN time period not known Keep in the current files area until no longer needed for conducting business but no more than 6 years then destroy d KEN Event but time period is not Known Keep in the current files area until the event occurs and then until no longer needed However no more than 6 years after the event then destroy 3 Disposition Codes R and S are not applicable see AR 25 400 2 Table 7 1 for instructions 4 Use T for records that will be transferred to a Records Holding Area RHA or Army Electronic Archives AEA a T Time periods over 6 years Keep in the current files area until no longer needed then retire to the AEA and or RHA example T10 25 keep for 10 years and 3 months then retire to AEA and or RHA b TE Time periods over 6 years plus event Transfer to AEA and or RHA after a specific event occurs c TEP Transfer to AEA and or RHA after a specific event occurs d TP Transfer permanent Keep in the current files until no longer needed then retire to AEA and or RHA 5 U Unsche
9. Are you sure you want to delete the selected records s f Click OK to the message Record s deleted successfully and return to the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen with the selected code deleted Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Viewed Parameter Tables 2 Viewed a Reference Lookup Table 3 Added a code to the Reference Lookup Table 4 Modified a code on the Reference Lookup Table 5 Deleted a code from the Reference Lookup Table 30 April 2008 3 89 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 710 2 DA PAM 710 2 1 LOCAL SOP 3 90 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Update Organizational Data 101 92Y 1122 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to update Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE Organizational Data Given a computer with access to the PBUSE system database pertinent organizational information and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Standards Maintain accurate Property Book
10. light medium tactical vehicle logistics package Logistics Support Activity local training area major Army command Manual command interpreter Master Cross Reference List materiel condition status report medical department activity medical evacuation medical logistics Mission Essential Task List mission enemy terrain troops and time available Mission Enemy Terrain Troops Time and Contractors US Army Military Personnel Center Military Interdevelopmental Purchase Request mobile kitchen trailer millimeter s Mission Needs Statement Glossary 3 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG MODEM MOGAS MOS MP MRE MTDA MTMC MTOE NCO NCOA NCOIC NCOPD NIIN No NSN OCIE OCONUS OD ODCSLOG OER OIC OMPF OPLAN OPLOGPLAN OPORD OPTEMPO ORG PD Glossary 4 modulation demodulation equipment motor gasoline military occupational specialty military police meal ready to eat modification table of distribution and allowances Military Traffic Management Command Modified Table of Organization and Equipment Noncommissioned officer NCO Academy noncommissioned officer in charge noncommissioned officer professional development national item identification number number national stock number organizational clothing and individual equipment outside Continental United States Ordnance Corps Office of the Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics officer evaluation report officer in charge official military personnel
11. 2 Click the Apply All button j To issue ammunition that has multiple lot or serial numbers 1 Click the Select check box 2 Change the Qty to Issue if necessary 3 Click the Apply Selected button k Click the Close button 21 Printan Ammunition Control Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 4 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Ammo c Click Ammunition Control Document to display the Ammunition screen Ammunition Control Document AMMO 3 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the Item No to display the Ammunition Control Document Edit screen Click the SIC LOV to select the SIC Click the SHR Name to select the appropriate SHR holder s name Click the Generate Fed Form button to display the Generate 5515 Document Selection screen Enter remarks as desired Click Generate Fed Form to display the Fed Form Print screen Click the OK button to print the form sa oa sa naoa _ NK 22 Update a System Generated Ammunition or Residue Turn In Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 5 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Turn In to display the Ammunition screen Turn In AMMO 4 tab Click the UIC LOV and select a VIC Click the Receipt Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the Turn in Doc Num LOV to select the turn in document number Enter the Qty To Turn
12. 4 Hand Receipt Number block Enter the same data recorded on the Hand or Sub hand Receipt to which the annex applies 5 End Item Stock Number block Enter the stock number of the item for which a shortage exists and enter the LIN if the item has one 6 End Item Description block Enter the description of the item for which shortage exists 7 Publication Number block Enter the publication number listed for the End Item on the Hand or Sub hand Receipt 8 Publication Date block Enter the date of the publication listed for the End Item on the Hand or Sub hand Receipt 9 Quantity block Enter the number of End Items to which the annex applies 9 Quantity block Enter the number of End Items to which the annex applies a Column a Enter the stock number of the missing End Item b Column b Enter a description of the missing item c Column c Enter the ARC of the missing item d Column d Leave blank e Column e Enter the unit of issue of the missing item f Column f Leave blank g Column g Has six sub columns A through F 1 Column A Enter the quantity missing for each item listed and line out all unused blocks in columns with recorded quantities 2 Advance all quantities to the next quantity column when quantities change 3 Initial and date the From Block on the last page under the last recorded item 10 Block 10 Enter page number and the total number of pages 11 Give the SHRH the second copy of the D
13. AR 71 32 The Department of the Army Equipment Authorization and Usage Program AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures FEDLOG Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with a forms program and local standing operating procedures SOPs Standards Prepare a supply request without rejection from the source of supply SOS in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 AR 25 400 2 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 Determine authorization documents required to request supplies References AR 71 32 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 3 and AR 710 2 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 4 a Identify the authorization document Modification table of organizational equipment MTOE Table of distribution and allowances TDA Joint table of allowances JTA Common table of allowances CTA HQDA memorandum Army regulation AR Supply bulletin SB Supply catalog component listing SC CL Technical manual TM 10 Government supply activity catalog GSA 11 Other publications b Check required item against the authorization document and verify authorization and quantity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 Select correct request form or method References AR 710 2 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 6 a Select DA Form 581 Request for Issue and Turn in of Ammunition to
14. Column j Enter the quantity received from the SSA or quantity turned in Enter partial receipts in pencil Otherwise leave blank k Column k Enter the quantity due in when a document number is assigned pencil entry On receipt of material or of cancellation or rejection status change the due in quantity Column 1 This column may contain more than one entry All entries are made in pencil When the space in this column is insufficient use column N Remarks 2 Enter the total quantity when supply status card is received for total due in quantity and erase any previous entry 3 Enter the quantity when supply status card is received for part of due in quantity erase previous entry enter new status code and EDD if provided and quantity from status card 4 Enter shipment status when card or listing is received for total due in quantity erase previous entry and enter document identifier code DIC and the date shipped or ESD from the card 30 April 2008 3 17 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Enter shipment status when card or listing is received for part of due in quantity erase previous entry as appropriate Enter DIC the date shipped or ESD and quantity from status card 6 Enter final action when completed Erase previous entry m Column m 1 Enter Julian date when final action is completed If a partial quantity is received enter Julian date of receipt in pencil 2 When cancellation or reje
15. Identify PBUSE desktop configuration 1 Identify Central Processing Unit CPU a Verify that CPU has an Intel Pentium III or IV series 1 0 Ghz compatible microprocessor b Verify that CPU has a minimum of 512 megabytes of Dynamic Random Access Memory c Verify that CPU has a 10 100 Mbps Network Interface Card d Verify that CPU has a Personal Computer Memory Card International Association PCMCIA slot e Verify that CPU has a 56 Kilobits per second Kbps V 90 Modulator Demodulator MODEM f Verify that CPU has a Video Graphics Adapter VGA card with a minimum of 8 megabytes of Video Random Access Memory VRAM g Verify that CPU has a 20 Gigabyte or greater hard disk drive h Verify that CPU has a 3 25 inch floppy disk drive i Verify that CPU has a Compact Disc Digital Video Disc Read only Memory CD DVD ROM Drive Identify the Keyboard Identify the Monitor Identify the Printer Identify the Pointing Device mouse trackball touchpad and so on b Identify PBUSE Laptop configuration 1 Identify laptop a Verify that laptop has an Intel Pentium III or IV series 1 0 Ghz compatible microprocessor b Verify that laptop has a minimum of 512 megabytes of Dynamic Random Access Memory c Verify that laptop has a 10 100 Mbps Network Interface Card d Verify that laptop has a Personal Computer Memory Card International Association PCMCIA slot e Verify that laptop has a 56 Kilobits per second Kbps
16. Section 7 5 2 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Property Book c Click Lateral Transfer to display the Lateral Transfer screen Material Items Tab d Click Outgoing Suspense Actions on the Lateral Transfer screen to display the Outgoing Suspense Actions Tab e Click the find button to display the Doc No Search screen f Click the Document Number to select the document NOTE If no document numbers appear enter a complete document number in the Doc No field and click the GO button or enter a partial document number click the GO button and then click the desired Document Number g Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list h Select the Type Action Code from the LOV S is the default i Enter a losing quantity if it is different from the Losing On Hand Quantity The losing quantity cannot equal zero nor be greater than the on hand quantity j Click the Apply Button after making changes NOTE To ensure selections are saved click the Apply button before clicking the First Prev Next or last buttons k To remove items from the document 1 Click the Delete checkbox 2 Click the Delete button 3 Click the OK button on the delete confirmation box 4 Click the OK button on the Delete dialog box To print a DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn In 1 Click the Generate Fed Form button to display a Form Flow screen 2 3 Click the Print icon on the toolbar Click the All Radio button
17. System ARIMS AR 190 11 Physical Security of Arms Ammunition and Explosives AR 735 5 Policies and Procedures for Property Accountability DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply Procedures Manual Procedures FEDLOG property records a PBUSE System with forms program and local standing operating procedures SOPs Standards Prepare adjustment document s in accordance with AR 735 5 without rejection by the processing authority Performance Steps 1 Select the appropriate adjustment document Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 3 a Select DD Form 362 if 1 Individual admits liability and offers a cash payment or agrees to payroll deduction to settle the charge of financial liability 2 The charge does not exceed the monthly basic pay of the individual being held liable 3 There is not a mandatory requirement for either a Report of Survey or an AR 15 6 Investigation NOTE When preparing DD Form 362 complete performance steps 2 5 b Select DD Form 200 Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss If 1 Negligence or willful misconduct is suspected as the cause and the individual does not admit liability and refuses to make voluntary reimbursement for the full amount of the loss less depreciation 2 The property loss damage or destruction involves a change of the accountable officer s inventory and the outgoing accountable officer made no voluntary reimbursement for the full amount of the loss to
18. V 90 Modulator Demodulator MODEM f Verify that laptop has a Video Graphics Adapter VGA card with a minimum of 8 megabytes of Video Random Access Memory VRAM g Verify that laptop has a 20 Gigabyte or greater hard disk drive 2 3 4 5 30 April 2008 3 83 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps h Verify that laptop has a 3 25 inch floppy disk drive i Verify that laptop has a Compact Disc Digital Video Disc Read only Memory CD DVD ROM Drive 2 Identify Port Replicator 3 Identify Monitor Stand 4 Identify External Monitor 5 Identify the Printer 6 Identify 2 Connect PBUSE system components Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 2 2 1 and 3 1 1 NOTE Consult the owner s manual for all of the related hardware to locate connection points a Connect desktop components b Connect laptop components 3 Connect PBUSE system modem to PBUSE database server Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 2 1 1 c and 2 2 4 Power on PBUSE system Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 3 1 1 1 NOTES gt Before turning any of the system components on make sure that all voltage selection switches reflect the power source being used gt Set up the system in a way that allows air to pass freely in and around all components gt Do not place containers holding liquids on any of the components gt In the event of catastrophic failure or if you are unable to power on the s
19. d Column d Enter controlled inventory item code CIIC of the component e 5 6 7 8 Column e Enter the unit of issue for each item f Column f Enter the quantity authorized to be on hand 1 Column A Enter quantity on hand 2 Advance all quantities to the next column when quantities change 3 Advance quantities when changing Hand or Sub hand Receipt Holders 10 Verify the person receiving the property signs enters rank and dates the proper quantity column on the last page 11 Dispose of the Component Hand Receipt in accordance with local SOPS 5 Prepare a DA Form 2062 as a Component Hand Receipt for SKOs Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 2 and Figure 6 2 a Enter the required data NOTE Make all entries except signatures in ink or by typewriter Signatures will be handwritten in ink 1 Hand Receipt Annex Number block Line out Annex Number 2 From block Enter the name of the organization unit or section issuing the property 3 To block Enter the name and rank of the person receiving the property NOTE TOE MTOE TDA MTDA paragraph line number and job title may be added as optional information 4 Hand Receipt Number block Enter a locally designed number that identifies the hand receipt holder of the property 5 End Item Stock Number block Enter the stock number Enter the LIN if the item has one 6 End Item Description block Enter the description of the end item 7 Publ
20. transfer such as organizational clothing and equipment OCIE c Equipment being transferred must meet 10 20 maintenance standards Equipment that is depot packed does not need to be inspected by the DSU d When the item s requires condition coding submit the item s to the DSU with a DA Form 2407 requesting a condition code for transfer If the DSU determines the item to be unserviceable another DA Form 2407 is prepared requesting that the item be repaired e Prepare DA Form 2407 as follows f Block 1a Enter the unit identification code UIC of the customer that owns the equipment 1 Block 1b Enter the name of the unit identified by the UIC in block 1a 2 Block 1c Enter the phone number of the unit identified by the UIC in block 1a 3 Block 2a Enter if in transit the UIC for standard army maintenance system SAMS 1 SAMS 2 or SAMS 1 TDA unit 4 Block 2b Enter the utilization code NOTE If you do not know your unit s utilization code see DA Pamphlet 750 8 Appendix B Table B 6 5 Block 2c Enter the word YES or the letter Y if the item is reported under AR 700 138 This also applies to components and subsystems of an end item system that is reportable If not leave this block blank 6 Section Il Leave as is since this is to be completed by support maintenance DSU GSU AVIM DEPOT 7 Block 5 Enter the type of maintenance request code NOTE If you do not know the maintenance reques
21. 1 Review storage area layout to determine where items are to be stored 2 Verify that the area is clean and dry 3 Verify that the area is well ventilated 4 Obtain necessary supplies and equipment needed to store Class II expendable supplies b Store Class Il expendable supplies 1 Store supplies most often requested in an easy to reach place 2 Store housekeeping supplies such as soap and toilet paper beneath issue counter 3 Store large items such as brooms in tool room or closet 4 Store nonflammable weapons maintenance materials such as rifle patches and repairs parts in the arms room 5 Store other unit expendable supplies in designated areas using shelving drawers cabinets or bins 3 50 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps c Take precautionary measures to avoid loss or damage to supplies 1 Place a fire extinguisher in the storage area 2 Report any sign of insect or rodent infestation to proper authority 3 Check expendable supplies periodically to prevent waste and pilferage 3 Store Class III petroleum products a Prepare to store supplies 1 Store packaged fuels lubricants and greases in an area designated for storage of these items 2 Store in a building only if adequate dispersion and ventilation are obtained and the building meets the requirements of the current flammable liquid code 3 Place all packaged fuels lubricants and greases in a covered storage area whenever possi
22. 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Quantity Receive column Enter the quantity from the document that increases the balance on hand 5 Quantity Turn in column Enter the quantity from the document that decreases the balance on hand 6 Balance column Enter the current on hand balance as adjusted from the increase or decrease d Post management data to DA Form 3328 1 Enter all management data entries in pencil 2 Location column Enter each hand receipt file number to which the item has been issued or has the item due in 3 Quantity Authorized column Leave blank on the make or model pages The basic page will include the authorized column for the entire LIN by hand receipt or location 4 Quantity On Hand column Enter the grand total of all makes and models issued to each hand receipt or location on the basic page 5 Document Number column Enter the document numbers for the due in items by location This information is not required on makes or model pages 6 Quantity Due In column Enter the grand total of all makes and models due in for each hand receipt or location on the basic page 7 Remarks block Use to record any other data needed such as a Enter the quantity by lot number and any suspension notices for ammunition b Enter the quantity by lot number and inspection test date for Class basic load c Enter the lot number and the quantity on hand of each lot for protective masks d Enter the reason why item stil
23. 1005 319 23 amp P TM 9 1010 230 10 TM 9 1010 230 23 amp P 30 April 2008 3 141 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Skill Level 2 Subject Area 5 Filing Procedures Review Unit Supply Files 101 92Y 2001 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment given the requirement to review unit supply files Given the unit supply files local standing operating procedures SOPs AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with forms program file cabinet and file records Standards Review unit supply files for discrepancies and verify that all files are being maintained in accordance with AR 25 400 2 Performance Steps 1 Verify that all unit supply files are being maintained properly Reference AR 25 400 2 Chapter 5 and Chapter 6 a Verify that all required actions have been completed prior to filing b Verify that the current list of file numbers FN used in the supply room is on hand c Verify that the publications manager has approved the file list d Verify that the following required files are maintained 1 FN 1a Office File Numbers 2 FN Ig Office Record Transmittals 3 FN 25 400 2a Record Locator and Dispositions 4 FN 25 400 2b Chargeout Suspenses 5 FN 25 400 2d Records Disposition Standard Exceptions 6 FN 25 400 2g Records Disposal Authorizations Verify that the contents of the file folder and all u
24. 2 1 Optional entry e Enter this statement and attach completed DA Form 5811 R when there is a shortage between the quantity of unexpended ammunition issued and ammunition returned to the ASP As a result of shortages DA Form 5811 R is attached Training only 29 Block 29 List all supporting DA Form 581 and DA Form 5811 R 30 Blocks 30 31 Leave blank 31 Block 32 Leave blank b Prepare DA Form 2765 1 Request for Issue or Turn In for turn in Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 3 Figure 3 1 1 Columns 1 3 Enter A5J For scrap only 2 Columns 7 Enter the unit of issue 3 Columns 8 Enter the estimated weight 4 Columns 9 10 Enter the unit document number 5 Column 12 Enter the document serial number 6 Columns 45 50 Enter the DODAAC of Defense Re utilization and Marketing Office DRMO For scrap only 7 Column 71 Enter S For scrap only 8 Block A Enter the name and address of SOS 9 Block B Enter the unit name and address of the unit turning in the supplies 0 Column 4 6 Enter the National Stock Number of the item being turned in 1 Column 7 Enter the unit of issue of the item being turned in 2 Column 8 Enter the quantity being turned in Use all five positions Enter zeros to the left of the quantity 13 Columns 9 10 Enter the DODAAC of unit turning in the item 14 Column 11 Enter the Julian date 15 Column 12 Enter the document serial number 30 April
25. 29 2 d and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 11 pages 9 25 and 9 26 NOTE Follow ups on cancellation requests are not mandatory When used 14 calendar days must have passed since a cancellation request was submitted and supply or shipment status has not been received a When status card is available 1 Use the available status card 2 Enter AK1 in Block 1 card columns 1 3 3 Enter the quantity to be cancelled in Block 8 4 Circle these entries using colored pencil or ink b When status card is not available 1 Remake the Supply Request from the Document Register and the proper supply publication 2 Enter AK1 in Block 1 card columns 1 3 3 Enter the quantity to be cancelled in Block 8 4 Circle these entries using colored pencil or ink c Record the follow up in the DA Form 2064 1 Erase AC1 quantity and Julian date in Column N 2 Enter AK1 quantity and Julian date the action was started in Column N Forward the follow up to the appropriate SSA Prepare an automated request for follow up on a Request for cancellation 1 Access the PBUSE Module Main menu 2 Click MILSTRIP Order Item and then click Cancellation Request Follow up to display the AK Cancellation Follow up request tab 3 Click the Find button to display the Doc No Search 4 Type the Document Number search criteria 1 to 14 positions and click the Go button and or click the Document Number Link to display the AK Cancellation Fo
26. 30 calendar days Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 4 NOTE Prepare DA Form 3161 in two copies as a temporary hand receipt The person issuing the items keeps the original copy The person receiving the items keeps the second copy c Select DA Form 2062 as a component hand receipt when issuing set kit and outfits SKO or end items with components Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 2 1 Have an individual basis of issue 2 Are to be issued to the using individual 3 Include special tools test measurement and diagnostic equipment TMDE and other special equipment authorized by repair parts and special tools list RPSTL contained in technical manuals d Select DA Form 2062 as a hand receipt annex when an item that has components has shortages Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 1 2 Prepare a DA Form 2062 as a hand receipt sub hand receipt Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 Figure 5 1 Legend 5 1 a Enter the required data NOTE Make all entries except signatures in ink or by utilizing Form Flow Signatures will be handwritten in ink 1 Hand Receipt Annex Number Block Line out the words Annex Number 2 From Block Enter the name of the organization unit section or squad that issues the property 3 To Block a Enter the name of the unit section or squad to which the property is to be issued b Enter the name and rank of the person receivin
27. 9 Column f Enter the quantity to be issued Enter the quantity on hand for each item listed NOTE Line out all unused blocks in columns with recorded quantities 10 Enter current date signature and rank of the person receiving the issue in the quantity block NOTE Line out all unused blocks c Destroy DA Form 2062 upon turn in or other accounting for the property 8 Receive weapons turned in by Soldiers using the weapons ammunition control log Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 6 a Receive unit weapons as follows 1 Receive weapons into the arms room window butt first with the bolt locked to the rear and on safe 2 Perform the following steps a Clear weapon Refer to operator s manual b Place selector lever on SEMI position c Close ejection port dust cover d Place weapon in rack 3 Return DA Form 3749 to the Soldier when the weapon is returned to the arms room 4 Complete the turn in section of the weapons ammunition control log a Block 10 Enter date and time the weapons are returned to the arms room including privately owned weapons b Block 11 Enter your initial c Ensure that the person receiving the weapons armorer enters the date time and his her initials on the weapons ammunition control log 30 April 2008 3 127 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps b Ensure that weapons are secured once they have been placed in the weapons racks or containers c Lock racks an
28. 92Y 1018 SCORE Check One PERFORMANCE STEP TITLE PASS FAIL a b c d n reemeaporenrromesos a reescumvanmnnonronnense Or m a Proesa menetes e a ermes ee ce EVALUATOR S NAME UNIT SSG WAYNE GREENE SOLDIER S NAME STATUS PFC TERRY COOK _ so NO GO DA FORM 5164 R SEP 85 EDITION OF DEC 82 IS OBSOLETE appar Figure A 1 Sample of a Completed DA Form 5164 R 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Appendix B Field Expedient Squad Book FIELD EXPEDIENT SQUAD BOOK DA FORM 5165 R INSTRUCTIONS This appendix provides a sample of DA Form 5165 R see Figure B 1 for the tasks in this STP The DA Form 5165 R allows the trainer to keep a record of task proficiency for a group of Soldiers Trainers should use the following instructions when completing DA Form 5165 R Prior to Evaluating the Soldier e Obtain a blank copy of DA Form 5165 R which you may locally reproduce on 8 x 11 paper The form also can be downloaded from the Army Publishing Directorate www apd army mil forms e Enter the SM task number and abbreviated task title for the evaluated tasks in the appropriate column Use additional sheets as necessary Locally reproduce the partially completed form if you are evaluating more than nine Soldiers During the Evaluation e Enter the names of the Soldiers you are evaluating one name per column at the top of the form You may add the names of newly assigned Soldiers if there are blank columns e Un
29. AR 710 2 Chapter 1 paragraph 1 12 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 1 a Identify Class II property 1 Non Expendable Property a Classified b Sensitive c COMSEC 2 Durable Property 3 Expendable Property b Account for Non Expendable Property 1 Receipt of Non expendable Property 2 Issue Non expendable Property 3 Turn in Non expendable Property c Account for Durable Property 1 Receipt of Durable Property 2 Issue Durable Property 3 Turn in Durable Property d Account for Expendable Property 1 Receipt of Expendable Property 2 Issue Expendable Property 3 Turn in Expendable Property e Account for Lost Damaged and Destroyed Class II Property 30 April 2008 3 1 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Account for Class III property References AR 710 2 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 20 a Identify Class III property 1 Bulk 2 Package Operational Basic b Account for Class Ill Package 1 Receipt of Class IIl Packaged Property 2 Issue Class Ill Packaged Property 3 Turn in Class Ill Packaged Property c Account for lost damaged and inspected Class III property 4 Account for Class IV property References FM 5 116 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 1 a Identify Class IV property 1 Construction 2 Barrier b Account for Class IV Property 1 Receipt of Class IV property 2 Issue Class IV property 3 Turn in Class IV property c Account for lost damaged a
30. Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu 1 Click MILSTRIP Order Item and then click request to display the screen with the default information b Complete the request with the appropriate information Mandatory entries are highlighted in red on the screen 1 TYPE Click the LOV and then click the Property Book Non Expendable item or Non Property book Expendable Durable item as applicable 2 DOCUMENT NUMBER Type in appropriate document number or leave blank for system next system generated document number 3 DIC Click the LOV and then click the appropriate Document Identifier Code DIC 4 UIC Enter the UIC of the Hand Receipt Holder requesting the item 5 DODAAC Select the DODAAC that identifies the requesting activity 30 April 2008 3 25 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 6 NSN Enter the NSN MCN or PN for the item being requested 7 CONTINUE REFRESH Click the continue refresh button to validate the NSN field and to display the related catalog information in the Catalog Data block 8 ORIGIN Select the appropriate Origin Type if desired This code identifies the reason the item is being requested Unit level only SIC Select the appropriate System Identification Code if displayed Unit level only SHR NO Select the appropriate Receipt number if displayed Unit level only QUANTITY Enter the quantity being requested SUPPLEMENTARY ADDRESS Enter the DODAAC that identifies the ship to or bill to p
31. Chapter 10 paragraph 10 6 Table 10 1 and Figure 10 3 CTA 50 900 Table 4 a Fill in the following information 1 Enter name 2 Enter SSAN 3 Enter military occupational specialty MOS 4 Enter authorized allowance a Extract authorized allowances from CTA 50 900 Table 4 b Verify authorized allowance with CIF local SOPS 5 Enter size of clothing being issued by CIF 6 Enter last four digits of national stock number NSN 7 Enter transferable items in column 1 a Extract authorized transferable items from CTA 50 900 Table 4 b Verify authorized transferable items with CIF local SOP 8 Enter quantity being issued by CIF in column 2 9 Place a line through all unused blocks in columns containing record quantities 10 Enter signature and date in column 1 on reverse side of form NOTE CIF will use a computer prepared listing when automated See DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 10 When receiving partial issue or turn in enter new quantities in the next available column 2 Prepare DA Form 3645 1 for additional items References AR 710 2 Chapter 2 Section Ill paragraph 2 14 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 10 paragraph 10 6 Table 10 1 and Figure 10 3 CTA 50 900 Table 4 CTA 50 970 Table 1 a Fill in the following information 1 Enter name 2 Enter SSN 3 Enter duty MOS 4 Enter authorized allowance a Extract authorized transferable items from CTA 50 900 Table 4 b Verify authorized transfera
32. Code UIC or click the Find button to display the installation Code or UIC search screen a Type the desired Ins Cd or UIC value b Click the find button to display the results NOTE The FEDLOG records are then displayed one per screen for the Cd or UIC selected Click the Next First or last buttons to page through the report Catalog code definitions are contained in DA Pamphlet 708 2 b Search for a specific record s 1 Click the search button to display the FEDLOG Query Search screen 2 Click the search by LOV and click the desired field name 3 Enter the desired value and click the find button to display the results c Modify PUB DATA UNIT PRICE CIIC and or SRRC for a FEDLOG item 1 Enter the desired PUB DATA and unit price 2 Click the desired CIIC and SRRC from the LOV s 3 Click the apply button to save change s to the database NOTE Property book level users can only modify PUB DATA UNIT PROCE CIIC and or SRRC on FEDLOG records that have a LIN assigned 3 Maintain unit level catalog Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 3 a Access the PBUSE Module Main menu screen then click on Catalog from there From there click user created to display the user created catalog screen with the catalog tab defaulted then click the Unit level catalog tab 1 Click the next or prev button to display the next or previous record if available 2 Click the first or last button to jump to the first or last rec
33. Control Code 2 equipment balances by line item number national stock number identified to the UIC level This system provides accurate timely and auditable Armywide equipment data that can be used for procurement distribution and redistribution decisions DA Form 2064 Document Register A form used to record all supply transactions that require a document number DA Form 3078 Personal Clothing Request A form used to request personal military clothing for enlisted personnel Disposal The act of getting rid of records documents and excess obsolete or surplus property under proper authority Disposal may be accomplished by but is not limited to transfer donation sale or abandonment but does not include redistribution Disposition The final settlement of a supply matter Dunnage Any material on which supplies are stored for example boards planks blocks or metal bracing Durable item An item which is not consumed in use is not classified as nonexpendable or expendable and keeps its identity such as hand tools Glossary 8 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG End item Nonexpendable item of equipment or property that consists of more than one component for example a truck Established delivery date The date a unit can expect to receive an item Expendable item An item consumed in use or that loses its identity such as paint cleaning materials office supplies Follow up A document used to request statu
34. DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 enter AC1 and Julian date pencil entry 7 When request for cancellation for part of due in quantity is submitted DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 enter AC1 quantity to be cancelled and Julian date pencil entries 8 When follow up on cancellation request is submitted DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 erase AC1 and Julian date in column N Enter AK1 and Julian date pencil entries 9 Erase pencil entries in this column on receipt of reply to document submitted 10 All entries will be made in ink or by typewriter unless otherwise stated 11 Draw a single line through the incorrect entry and enter the correction above NOTE If the document control register is maintained utilizing PBUSE the unit information and the establishment of document number series are done under the task Update Parameter Tables 3 Close out a document register References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 paragraph 2 23 and Figure 2 5 a Close out current active calendar fiscal year document register 1 Enter the statement CLOSE OUT the current date signature of the individual performing the posting on the next available line following the last document entry in the register 2 File the Document Register References AR 25 400 2 Chapter 7 paragraph 7 1 and Table 7 1 b Close out inactive document register 1 Transfer open requests to new active document register in document number sequence 2 File the Document Register References AR 25 400 2
35. Enter the Sub Hand Receipt holders address Enter the date of the last inventory conducted 9 Update Sub Hand Receipt Holder Records Utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 1 2 a Access the PBUSE main menu b Click Hand Receipt c Click Unit Level Hand Receipts to display the SHR Holder default Tab d Click the Sub Hand Receipt to display the Update SHR Holder screen 1 Click the appropriate field s and make the necessary changes 2 Click the Apply button and then click the OK button on the Update dialog box 10 Print a Unit Level Hand Receipt utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 3 6 a Access the PBUSE main menu b Click Hand Receipt c Click Unit level hand receipts to display the SHR Holder default tab d Click the Materiel Items SHR 3 tab e f oe TQ _DAdQDTDW Click the Print button to display the SHR Material Item Print screen Click either the Print All for all hand receipts or Print Selected SHR for the currently displayed hand receipt button to display an Excel screen g Click the Print icon on the Excel Toolbar to generate the hand receipt 11 Print Organizational Hand Receipts from the Property Book Level utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 2 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Hand Receipt Click Primary Hand Receipt to display the Primary Hand Receipt Proces
36. Enter the complete SSN and click the Go button or b Enter a complete or partial name and click the Go button or c Click the Name link NOTE The screen will refresh and display the list of OCIE for the selected individual 7 Click the To SHR Bulk Find button to select the SHR 8 Click the checkbox next to the Select column label to select all items on the list or 9 Click the Select checkbox s adjacent to the LIN to be turned in 10 Enter the turn in quantity for the selected item s in the Selected Qty column 11 Click the Apply button 12 Click the OK button on the confirmation dialog box to save the data and to display the OCIE Inventory screen NOTE After a selection is made the OCIE Inventory screen closes Use the OCIE Clothing Record tab to reprint the form 13 Click the Generate 3645 button to print a DA Form 3645 1 14 Click Print to print the DA Form 3645 1 f Review OCIE Clothing Records NOTE Use this process to view OCIE for an individual and to print Inventory Statements and DA Form 3645 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Click OCIE 3 Click OCIE Clothing Record to display the OCIE Maintenance screen OCIE Clothing Record tab 4 Click the UIC Find button and select the UIC 5 Click the SSN Find button to display the Personnel Search screen a Enter the complete SSN and click the Go button or b Enter a complete or partial name and click the Go button or c Click the Name hyperlink 6 Click
37. GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 3 pages 9 6 and 9 7 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu b Click MILSTRIP Order Item and then click the Modify option to display the AM Modify tab with the default message c Click the Find Button to display the Doc No Search d Type the desired Document Number search criteria 1 to 14 positions and click the Go button and or click the Document Number Link to display the AM Modify tab with the results NOTE Complete the modification A Request for Modification DIC AM_ may be submitted for any or all of the fields displayed for the Document Number selected For fields with a LOV click the LOV and then click the appropriate value For fields without a LOV enter the appropriate value If mistakes are made while modifying information click the UNDO button to clear the screen and start over e Click the Apply button to process and post the Request for Modification DIC AM_ transaction to the Activity Register and to generate an output Request for Modification DIC AM_ transaction NOTE MILSTRIP transactions are sent to the FDP using interfaces SARSS 1 Download Files Function f Select N if the modification request is not for a new subhand receipt holder g Enter in a new priority if desired or accept the default priority h Complete the Request for Modification Higher Level Supply Data screen if required 1 Enter the RDD if not already completed 2 Complete all other entries as needed i C
38. Place a fire extinguisher in the storage area NOTE Generally some items required for storage have special storage needs Storage should be in compliance with local SOPs on these areas SSAs may also store unit load of Class IV if unit storage area will not accommodate all supplies Prior arrangement should be made with SSA in accordance with local SOP 5 Store Class V ammunition in the unit s arms room Reference AR 190 11 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 19 a Prepare to store supplies 1 Verify the storage room can be secured 2 Verify an unaccompanied Access Control Roster is posted on the outside of the door in accordance with AR 190 11 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 19 3 Affix signs announcing the presence of Intrusion Detection System IDS at eye level when applicable 4 Place a RESTRICTED AREA sign easily visible to people approaching the area 30 April 2008 3 51 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Place a NO SMOKING signs outside the door 6 Place FIRE SYMBOL 4 outside the storage room or building b Place the ammunition on pallets 1 Separate by lot numbers 2 Arrange so that free circulation of air beneath and throughout the stack is possible 3 Verify the stacks of ammunition are not closer than 18 inches from the roof and 3 inches off the floor 4 Level the dunnage if required c Take precautionary measures to avoid loss or damage to supplies 1 Verify the boxes cases and other containers of
39. Repeat steps f and g at least three times to ensure proper functioning 9 Cycle the bolt through the remaining rounds to ensure proper feeding chambering extracting and ejecting 3 140 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures 1 N DO nO Ff ODN 8 9 Prepared DD Form 314 Prepared DA Form 2404 Prepared DA Form 2407 Performed unit maintenance on pistol semiautomatic 9mm M9 Performed unit maintenance on rifle 5 56mm M16A2 Performed unit maintenance on machine gun 5 56mm M249 with equipment Performed unit maintenance on machine gun caliber 50 Browning M2 Heavy Barrel Performed unit maintenance on machine gun 40mm MK 19 MOD 3 Performed unit maintenance on long range sniper rifle caliber 50 M107 Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 25 400 2 AR 700 138 DA PAM 750 8 AR 710 2 DD FORM 314 LOCAL SOP TM 9 1005 201 10 TM 9 1005 201 238 amp P TM 9 1005 213 10 TM 9 1005 213 23 amp P TM 9 1005 224 10 TM 9 1005 239 10 TM 9 1005 239 23 amp P TM 9 1005 317 10 TM 9 1005 317 23 amp P TM 9 1005 319 10 TM 9
40. a Post the receipt document to the document register by entering the following 1 Block J Enter quantity received enter partial quantities in pencil 2 Block M Enter the Julian date in pencil that the action was completed 3 Block K Enter the quantity due in b File the receipt document in the supporting document file file number FN 710 2a 4 Process receipts using PBUSE References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 5 pages 9 10 through 9 13 a Access PBUSE MODULE Main menu b Click MILSTRIP ORDER ITEM c Click receipt to display the receipt tab with the D6S type default D6S which is used for document numbers Due tIn d Click the D6S type LOV NOTE If other than a DUE IN document number is being receipted then select the appropriate type Not Due In or Closed Document Number The receipt tab display is changed based on the D6S type selected e Enter the Doc Number being received f Select the property Type of the item Only applicable for D6S Not due In g Type the NSN of the item being received h Click the Continue Refresh button to display retrieved information NOTE If discrepancies exist between the receipt document and the receipt screen correct the receipt information on the screen to reflect the information on the receipt document 3 36 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps i Click the box to Generate DA 3161 FEDFORM if a hard copy of the receipt
41. a hand receipt for the Class V basic load NOTE Class V basic load quantities are designated by the Major Command MACOM j Ensure the Class V basic load is inventoried on a monthly basis Record the results of the inventory and report any discrepancies to the commander File the results of the inventory in the unit supply files Identify operational load items to be stocked for Class Il III Package IV and VIII Establish load level for each item Account for durable items on hand receipts Inventory durable semiannually as follows 1 Check all items to ensure the items match the description on the hand receipt 2 Count all items 3 Check the items condition 4 Record the results of the inventory on a memorandum q Account for Class V operational load on DA Form 2062 Hand Receipt Annex Number r Maintain the minimum amount of ammunition in accordance with DA Training Ammunition Letters JQ noaoo oo0os33_ x o 2 Manage unit documents References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 7 paragraph 7 3 Figures 7 1and 7 2 a Prepare DA Form 2063 R Prescribed Load List for Class Il IV and VIII items as follows 1 Block 1 Enter the date 2 Block 2 Enter the name of the unit Block 3 Enter the UIC Block 4 Enter the type of load 3 4 5 Block 5 Enter the national stock number NSN in NIIN sequence 30 April 2008 3 79 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps s Q 9DAdD 6 Block 6 Ent
42. a supporting document b Process a relief document for hand tools authorized to a unit when liability is admitted Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 3 c Process a relief document for items lost in laundry Reference AR 735 5 Table 12 2 1 Prepare DA Form 3078 2 Prepare a property issue slip listing the items lost 3 Prepare a monthly report of survey for all articles reissued or for credit given d Process a DD Form 200 for items lost resulting from fire theft or disaster Reference AR 735 5 Table 12 2 e Process a memorandum for items destroyed because of infection List items on the memorandum and identify the officer who directed destruction f Process a memorandum for unsafe items due to age such as drugs ammunition parachutes or chemicals Reference AR 735 5 Table 12 2 1 Prepare turn in document Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 3 paragraphs 3 1 through 3 5 2 Reference information on age is published in army supply bulletins otherwise use DD Form 200 3 168 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps g Process a memorandum for abandoned items such as combat contingency or large scale field maneuvers Reference AR 735 5 Table 12 2 Prepare written orders to abandon signed by the installation or division commander to serve as a property adjustment voucher If the commander declines to approve the order prepare DD Form 200 h Process a relief document for items abando
43. a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to process a hand receipt subhand receipt Given an Import Hand Receipt File from the Property Book Office blank DA Form 2062 Hand Receipt Annex Number DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn in authorization documents a Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with a forms program AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures FEDLOG DA Pamphlet 25 30 Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms US Army Electronic Publications and local standing operating procedures SOPs Standards Prepare hand receipts subhand receipts temporary hand receipts hand receipt annexes component hand receipts without errors in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 Determine appropriate accountable property records to use a DA Form 2062 as a hand receipt subhand receipt to record the issue of property book and durable items Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 3 NOTE Prepare the form in two copies DA Form 2062 may be over printed The person who prepares the DA Form 2062 must keep all copies of hand or sub hand receipts current b Select DA Form 3161 as a temporary hand receipt when property is issued or loaned for a period up to
44. an X in this box to show that the authorized representative is delegated to request receipt for supplies Specify the classes of supplies for which the representatives may sign Enter an X in the Delegates To box to show that the authorized representative is delegated to sign specific forms and records Specify forms and records that may be signed or initialed Enter Initial column H of DA Form 2064 Document Register for Supply Actions for high priority requests UND A amp B 9 Enter SOS or other activity to which the form is being sent See paragraph 2 28 when adding or deleting persons a Add personnel 1 Prepare DA Form 1687 and fill out blocks 1 thru 8 and 10 thru 16 2 Enter the statement Added previous editions remain in effect in the remarks block b Delete personnel 1 Delete personnel by preparing a DA Form 1687 as shown in DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 listing the names of the persons deleted Personnel to be deleted do not sign or initial the form 2 Enter an X in the Withdraws from block 3 Circle Withdraws block using colored pencil or ink 4 Enter the words Deleted Other personnel remain in effect in the remarks block 10 Enter assigned Unit Identification Code 11 Enter unit DODAAC and any Locally Assigned Account Number 30 April 2008 3 13 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 12 Enter name of responsible person See paragraph 11 9 and Figure 11 4 for Class V Approval must be made by the approvin
45. and type the desired UIC and then click the Find Button 2 Click the Sort By LOV and select the desired sort sequence 3 Click the Next Prev First or Last buttons to page through the listing 4 Click the desired END ITEM NSN to display the associated NSN information e To print the Report Click the Print button and Open the file using Microsoft Excel Click File located on the toolbar to display the File Menu Click Print and select the desired printing options Click OK to print the listing 1 2 3 4 5 Click Close to exit from Microsoft Excel 30 April 2008 3 99 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Export User Created Component Listings Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 1 2 a b C Access the PBUSE Module Main menu Click Catalog Click Component to display the Component data screen with the Master Component Listing Tab LOGSA tab defaulted Click User Created Tab Click the Export Button to display the User Component Export screen Click the UIC find button and click the desired UIC d e f g h i J k l Click the select box next to the desired LIN Click the Continue button to display the Save As screen i Click the Save in LOV and click the desired location j Click the File name field and enter the desired name Click the Save as Type LOV and click the desired type Click the save button to save the file and the system returns to the U
46. applicable of the organization unit section squad making the issue 6 Block 3 Enter temporary hand receipt 7 Blocks 4 11 Leave blank 8 Block 12a Enter item number in sequence for each item issued 9 Block 12b Enter stock number and LIN for each item issued 10 Block 12c Enter a description of the item a Enter make or model b Enter serial numbers when recorded on the property book or sub hand receipt 11 Block 12d Enter unit of issue 12 Block 12e Enter quantity to be issued 13 Block 12f Enter an I for each item listed Codes are shown on the form upper left 14 Block 12g Enter quantity received this is done by the person that signs block 15 15 Enter NOTHING FOLLOWS below the last item entered on the form in the Item Description column 16 Block 13 Ensure the person making the issue prints name date and signs this block 17 Block 14 Leave blank 18 Block 15 Ensure the person receiving the issue prints name date rank and signs this block 19 Ensure the person receiving the weapon completes the required entries on the weapons ammunition control log Disposition of DA Form 3161 1 Prepare a folder for filing 30 day temporary hand receipts 2 File the original copies in date sequence 3 Provide the person receiving the weapon with a second copy of DA Form 3161 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Review temporary hand receipt file daily to find if any
47. assist the commander in preparing a unit training plan which satisfies integration cross training training up and sustainment training requirements for Soldiers in this MOS Part One of the MOS Training Plan shows the relationship of an MOS SL between duty position and critical tasks These critical tasks are grouped by task commonality into subject areas Section lists subject area numbers and titles used throughout the MOS Training Plan These subject areas are used to define the training requirements for each duty position within an MOS Section Il identifies the total training requirement for each duty position within an MOS and provides a recommendation for cross training and train up merger training e Duty Position Column This column lists the duty positions of the MOS by SL which have different training requirements e Subject Area Column This column lists by numerical key see Section the subject areas a Soldier must be proficient in to perform in that duty position e Cross Train Column This column lists the recommended duty position for which Soldiers should be cross trained e Train Up Merger Column This column lists the corresponding duty position for the next higher SL or MOSC the Soldier will merge into on promotion Part Two lists by general subject areas the critical tasks to be trained in an MOS and the type of training required resident integration or sustainment e Subject Area Column This col
48. authority b Verify that finance has processed financial liability against the individual being charged Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement 30 April 2008 3 77 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Selected the appropriate adjustment document Prepared DD Form 362 Prepared DD Form 200 Prepared DA Form 4949 Recorded DA Form 4949 Created an Administrative Adjustment Report utilizing PBUSE Created an Asset Adjustment document utilizing PBUSE oN O o A OO N Processed the adjustment document to obtain relief from responsibility for property 9 Completed final disposition of an adjustment document to obtain relief from responsibility for property Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 710 2 AR 15 6 LOCAL SOP AR 190 11 AR 25 400 2 AR 735 5 DA FORM 2064 DA FORM 2408 9 DA FORM 4949 DA PAM 710 2 1 DD FORM 200 DD FORM 362 FEDLOG 3 78 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Maintain Unit Loads 101 92Y 1026 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply
49. been initiated to transfer operation maintenance Army OMA funds to the gaining organization when OMA funded components appropriation budget activity ABA codes 3 or 5 are missing from property transferred within the same MACOM c Arrange with the gaining unit for delivery or have the gaining unit pick it up d The gaining unit s PBO does the following 1 Inventories supplies and equipment 2 Assigns a document number to inventory block 4 of the DA Form 3161 3 Prints name and date and signs block 15 of DA Form 3161 4 Receives a copy of the signed and documented DA Form 3161 and retain the original e Losing unit PBO retains the original DA Form 3161 30 April 2008 3 67 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps f Record the lateral transfer document on the DA Form 3328 Property Record as follows 1 Enter the Julian date the lateral transfer was completed 2 Enter the document number from Block 3 of DA Form 3161 3 Enter the quantity from Column g supply action of DA Form 3161 4 Enter the new balance Add or subtract the quantity lateral transferred from the present balance quantity g If the losing unit s property book is automated the property record will be adjusted using the property system support procedures document NOTE When transferred some property book items require submission of DA Form 2408 9 Equipment Control Record See DA Pamphlet 750 8 Chapter 5 The lateral transfer has been re
50. button and then click the OK button on the confirmation box to complete the transaction Click the Close button to return to the Component Modify screen 18 Print a Component Sub Hand Receipt utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 4 1 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Hand Receipts c Click Unit Level Hand Receipts d Click Component CHR tab 30 April 2008 3 47 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps e Click the find button to display the UIC search screen f Click the UIC to select the unit NOTE If no UICs appear enter a complete UIC and click the Go button or enter a partial UIC click the GO button and then click the desired UIC g Click the SIC LOV and select the SIC h Click the Print button to display the Print Component Sub Hand Receipts decision box i Click the All Component button to print every CHR NO j Click the Consolidate Print button to print a consolidated component hand receipt for every type of end item on the sub hand receipt NOTE To print a component sub hand receipt for a specific CHR NO 1 Click the list row of the desired END Item NSN 2 Click the Print button to display the Print Component Sub Hand Receipts decision box 3 Click the Current Component button to get all components related to the currently selected end item 4 After selecting the type of report to print an Excel screen appears 5 Click the Print icon on the t
51. calendar days or less c Verify the original copy of temporary hand receipt is on hand d Verify temporary hand receipts are being filed in date sequence e Ensure DA Form 3161 is filled out properly Verify the temporary hand receipt file is being reviewed daily g d e f g Verify temporary hand receipts are destroyed upon return of property 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps b Review automated hand receipt procedures 1 Review Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE hand receipt property list from property book officer to primary hand receipt holder a Verify the change of primary hand receipt holder inventory was conducted and recorded b Verify the signed copy of hand receipt is current c Verify all authorized equipment is listed on hand receipt d Verify all authorized equipment is on hand or on request e Verify shortage annexes are on hand for shortages as a result of an inventory f Verify the document number s are recorded on shortage annex for due ins g Verify that person filling the position identified in the From block of DA 2062 is initialing shortages h Verify component hand receipts are being used when required i Verify change documents are on hand for transactions and adjustment documents j Verify changes are being posted to work copy of hand receipts k Verify work copy with monthly hand receipt property list for accuracy I Verify change documents are
52. catalog information For fields with an LOV click on the LOV and then click the desired value For fields without an LOV type the desired value Mandatory fields are displayed in red 3 Click the apply button to save the record to the database 4 Click OK to the Insert Successful message 4 View Master Component Listing Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 1 a Access the PBUSE Module main menu and then click catalog and then click component to display the component data screen with the Master Component Listing Tab LOGSA tab defaulted b View the listing 1 Click the Sorted by LOV and select the desired sort sequence 2 Click the Next Prev First or last button to page through the listing 3 Click the desired LIN to display the associated Component NSN Information 4 Click the desired underscored END ITEM NSN to display the LOGSA Subcomponent Data screen c Search the Listing 1 Click the search button to display the Master Component Listing Search screen 2 Enter the desired Values and click the Find button to display the results d Print a report 1 Click the print button and Open the file using Microsoft Excel Once the report is displayed in Micro soft Excel a Click FILE located on the toolbar to display the file menu b Click PRINT and select the desired printing options c Click OK to print the listing d Click CLOSE to exit from Micro soft Excel NN 5 View a User Created Compo
53. click the checkbox next to the Assign Doc Number label to select all rows 11 Click the Apply button to update the database o Perform Holding Area Suspense Actions NOTE This process is used by the gaining unit to accept personnel from a personnel transfer 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Click OCIE 3 Click Holding Area to display the OCIE Suspense Screens Holding Area tab 4 Click Holding Area Tab to open suspense screen NOTE The upper portion of the screen may be used as a search filter to find a specific record or limit the number of records displayed 5 Enter the desired values in the desired fields a Gaining unit UIC UIC to which the individual is being transferred b Losing document number The document number assigned by the Losing PBO c SSN Individual being transferred d Suspense date LOV Less than 30 days default 30 60 days 60 90 days and greater than 90 days e Holder name Name of individual being transferred 6 Click the query button 7 Click the Losing Doc Number to display the Document Number screen NOTE Utilized to view the OCIE transfer The screen displays all of the OCIE for the selected document number 8 Close the Document Number screen 9 Click the Individual to open the Individual screen NOTE The screen displays the OCIE for the selected individual 10 Click the Generate 3645 button to print a DA Form 3645 11 Close the Individual screen p Accept an Incoming Personnel T
54. column 62 64 Enter RDD 2 b Complete identification data section of DD Form 1348 6 for a NSN item 1 Complete blocks 2 through 9 with as much data as possible 2 Block 11 Remarks Use as required c Record DD Form 1348 6 in the appropriate document register d Forward the completed DD Form 1348 6 to the supporting SSA SOS 9 Prepare manual request for follow up References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 26 a Determine if follow up action is needed on previously submitted requests Follow ups are not mandatory 1 Submit follow up for priority 01 08 requests no earlier than nine calendar days from request submission or last receipt of status 2 Submit follow up for priority 09 15 requests if at the time of monthly reconciliation receipt no status has been received 3 Submit follow up for all priorities under the following conditions a At the time of monthly reconciliation receipt of expired shipment status b Valid existing supply status is unsatisfactory in terms of estimated availability date c Fourteen 14 days have passed since a cancellation request was submitted and supply or shipment status has not been received d Thirty 30 calendar days have passed since the date shipped as shown on shipment status document and the item has not been received CONUS e Sixty 60 calendar days have passed since the date shipped as shown on shipment status document and the item has not been received OCONU
55. component hand receipt is being updated at least every six months based on the date of oldest change document g h 3 153 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 154 m Verify that change documents for component hand receipts are destroyed after being posted n Verify component hand receipts are placed in appropriate unit supply file o Confirm signature rank and date 3 Review DA Form 2062 used as a hand receipt annex a Verify the hand receipt subhand receipt has a shortage annex annotated with any shortage that exist b Verify hand receipt holders are still assigned to unit Verify that all shortages are listed on the shortage annex Verify publication data is recorded in the item description block Verify there is a valid due in for all shortages on shortage annex Verify the document number s are recorded on shortage annex for due ins Verify end item stock number is entered b c d e i Verify end item description is entered g h i Verify recorded publication data is correct j Verify the quantity of end item is correct k Verify item description of existing shortages I Verify change documents are on hand for transactions affecting the shortage annex m Verify the shortage annexes are updated at least every six months when hand receipts are updated n Verify person filling the position identified in the From block of DA 2062 is initialing
56. corrective actions have been completed 4 Transfer faults that must be fixed at support maintenance to the DA Form 2407 and attach DA Form 2404 5 The DA Form 2404 used for scheduled service will be kept on file for quality control until the next service is performed 6 DA Form 2404 used for technical inspection will stay with the item until all maintenance is performed or item is disposed 3 Prepare DA Form 2407 Reference DA Pamphlet 750 8 Chapter 3 paragraph 3 14 a Use DA Form 2407 as follows 1 Request support maintenance to include the following a Request that a modification work order MWO be applied The support depot maintenance or commercial contractor normally applies MWOs b Report applied MWOs on end items installed components and uninstalled components c Report an MWO against an end item when a modified component replaces uninstalled components b Fill out DA Form 2407 1 Block 1a Enter unit identification code UIC of the customer that owns the equipment 2 Block 1b Enter customer and unit name 3 Block 1c Enter phone number of the unit identified by the UIC 4 Block 2b Enter utilization code 5 Block 2c Print the word yes or the letter Y if the item is a materiel condition status reporting MCSR item 6 Block 5 Enter type maintenance request code 7 Block 6 Enter the identification code 8 Block 7 Enter the national stock number NSN or appropriate number identified in B
57. d Click the YES button and the Delete Successful message is displayed e Click the OK button and the deletion is complete Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement 30 April 2008 3 97 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO 1 Viewed Standard Catalog Accessed FEDLOG Query Maintained Unit Level Catalog Viewed Master Component Listing Viewed User Created Component Listing Copied Component Data to another UIC Viewed User Created Component records Added a Master Component Listing oO ON O 0o A W N Deleted End Item Records and its Components Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM LOCAL SOP AR 710 2 3 98 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Update Component Data 101 92Y 1124 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to update Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE Component Data Given a computer with access to the PBUSE System database pertinent component data information and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Standards Accurately up
58. destroyed after posting to hand receipt m Verify cyclic and sensitive items inventories are being conducted and recorded n Determine if distribution instructions are on hand or have been requested for excess equipment o Verify hand receipt is placed in the appropriate unit supply file 2 Review PBUSE automated hand receipt procedures a Review Property Imbalance Report Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 12 11 b Determine if there is an imbalance report for equipment not assigned on the subhand receipt c Verify all entries of the automated hand receipt for accuracy 2 Verify that change documents have been accurately posted to hand receipt subhand receipts Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 10 a Review manual and PBUSE hand receipt transactions 1 Determine if change documents are being maintained with hand receipt subhand receipts 2 Verify change documents are posted to hand receipt subhand receipts prior to change of hand receipt subhand receipt holder inventory 3 Verify installation and organization equipment is not issued on same change document 4 Verify change documents are posted to hand receipt subhand receipt at least every six months 5 Verify information being posted to hand receipt subhand receipts is accurate a Verify the quantity of item being posted to subhand receipt b Verify national stock number of item being posted to hand receipt subhand
59. file Operations Plan Operations Logistics Planner operations order Operating Operations Tempo organization priority designator 30 April 2008 P PACOM PBO PBUSE PERSCOM PLDC POIMM POL PPBES QM QMC amp S QMS QTB R amp U RIC RMO SAEDA SAMS SAMS 1 SAMS 2 SARRS 2 SARSS SARSS 1 SARSS 2 SARSS O SB sc SEMI 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG pass US Pacific Command property book officer Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced Personnel Command Primary Leadership Development Course program of instruction management model petroleum oils and lubricants Planning Programming Budgeting and Execution System Quartermaster Quartermaster Center and School Quartermaster School quarterly training briefing repair and utilities Routing Identifier Code records management official Subversion And Espionage Directed Against the US Army Standard Army Maintenance System Standard Army Maintenance System Level 1 Standard Army Maintenance System Level 2 Standard Army Retail Supply System Level 2 Standard Army Retail Supply System Standard Army Retail Supply System Level 1 Standard Army Retail Supply System Level 2 Standard Army Retail Supply System Objective supply bulletin supply catalog semiautomatic Glossary 5 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG SFC SL SM SMCT SME SNC SNCO SNCOC SOJT SOP SPC SQD SQDN SQI SSA SSI SSSC SSSSC STAMIS STANFINS STP TAACOM TAADS TADSS TAMMS TATS TAV
60. fill out a copy of a DA Form 5164 R d Trainers may use DA Form 5165 R Field Expedient Squad Book to record hands on GO NO GO results for a group of Soldiers for example a crew section or squad having the same MOS and SL This form supports conduct of commander s evaluations and can be used to record training results gathered in the field during slack time for all MOSs and SLs Use of this form is optional See Appendix B for instructions on how to obtain and fill out a copy of a DA Form 5165 R Trainers should work with each Soldier until tasks can be performed to specific task summary standards 1 7 Training Support References have been identified for each task to assist in planning and conducting training A consolidated list of references identified by type publication number and title and a comprehensive glossary of acronyms abbreviations and definitions are included in this STP 30 April 2008 1 3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Chapter 2 MOS Training Plan 2 1 General The MOS Training Plan identifies the essential components of a unit training plan for individual training Units have different training needs and requirements based on differences in environment location equipment dispersion and similar factors Therefore the MOS Training Plan should be used as a guide for conducting unit training and not a rigid standard The MOS Training Plan consists of two parts Each part is designed to
61. in of Ammunition Prepared manual DA Form 2765 1 as a request for issue Prepared manual DA Form 3161 as a request for issue Prepared DD Form 1348 6 as request for issue for a non NSN item Prepared manual DD Form 1348 6 as a request for issue for a NSN item Prepared manual request for follow up Prepared a manual modification request for a previously submitted request Submitted an automated request for issue Prepared want list records Prepared an automated request for modification 14 15 16 Prepared an automated request for modification of an Unsent Request Produced Commander s Financial Transaction Listing Produced Commander s Exception Listing Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 30 April 2008 3 29 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG References 3 30 Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM LOCAL SOP AR 25 400 2 AR 71 32 AR 710 2 DA FORM 581 DA FORM 1687 DA FORM 2064 DA FORM 2765 1 DA FORM 3161 DA FORM 5811 R DA PAM 710 2 1 DD FORM 1348 6 FEDLOG 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Request Cancellation of Supplies 101 92Y 1017 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to cancel request for supplies Given DA Form 206
62. is submitted for each open request when the unit force activity designator FAD or urgency of need designator changes Block 3 M and S Media and status code Block 18 TRC and EIC Block 19 Project code Block 20 Priority designator Block 21 RDD Block 22 Advice code b Prepare a modification request 1 Use the latest status document if received a Block 1 Enter AM_ the correct series DIC b Delete a previously submitted code by circling the empty block using colored pencil or ink 2 Remake the supply request from the document register if no status has been received a Block 1 card column 1 3 Enter AM_ the correct series DIC from Appendix H b Enter the new data in the appropriate blocks c Include the project code RDD and advice code if one or more of the codes were entered on the original request d Circle the entries using colored pencil or ink c Record the request modifier in the document register 1 Draw a line through the old priority and enter the new if changed Have the request authenticated if required 2 Column n Enter AM_ the correct series DIC and the Julian date of the action d Send the request modifier to the SSA SOS e Post transaction to the document register f Disposition instructions in accordance with local SOP 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 Submit an automated request for issue References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 2 pages 9 1 through 9 5 a
63. it can be written using the Export process 9 Export a File to the Ammunition Supply Point Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 9 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Export to display the Ammunition screen Export AMMO 6 tab Click the check box to the left of the document number Insert the diskette into the drive Click the Export selected document s button to display the Save As screen Click the Save in LOV to select 3 1 2 Floppy A Click the Save button to write the data to a diskette NOTE Transmitted documents will remain on the tab until the ASP sends a response to the document for example a receipt or confirmation file 10 Receipt for an Ammunition Request Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 3 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Receipt to display the Ammunition screen Receipt AMMO 2 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a VIC Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number Enter the Received Rejected Date if different than the current date Enter the Turn In Suspense Date if different than the one displayed Click the Item No to display the Insert Item screen i Enter the required data NOTE If the item received has multiple lot or serial numbers the Insert Item screen remains open until all items are received or the Close button is clicked j Click the Apply button 11 Receipt for Un requested Ammunition Referen
64. keep the forms as an exhibit to a financial investigation of property loss 7 Conduct a special COMSEC equipment inventory a COMSEC custodians are appointed to account for all COMSEC material issued on hand receipt to the unit b Detailed procedures for conducting inventories and reporting results are contained in TB 380 41 NOTE Inventories must be conducted on a daily basis between shift changes in any location that is utilizing COMSEC equipment on a 24 hour basis 3 Conduct post inventory procedures Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 9 paragraph 9 6 and AR 25 400 2 a Perform the following general actions after completing an inventory 1 Compare inventory results with hand receipts property listings or component listings to verify shortages 2 Inform commander of inventory results 3 Report discrepancies to the accountable officer 4 Cross level transfer or turn in excess equipment 5 Prepare required adjustment document s 6 Process adjustment documents 7 Adjust all hand receipts property listings or component listings as required 8 Prepare a memorandum with results of inventory between outgoing and incoming commander if required 9 Provide a copy of memorandum of inventory results to higher headquarters if required 10 Place the inventory documents in the Property Record Inspection and Inventory Reports File 710 2d 11 Place copies of all adjustment documents in property book and supporting docu
65. lever in the SEMI position b Pull the trigger holding it to the rear the hammer should fall c Continue to hold the trigger to the rear while pulling the charging handle to the rear and releasing the charging handle d Release the trigger with a slow smooth motion until the trigger is fully forward the hammer should not fall e Pull the trigger the hammer should fall 3 Check an M16A1 with the selector lever in the AUTO position a Place the selector lever in the AUTO position b Pull the charging handle to the rear and release it c Pull the trigger holding it to the rear the hammer should fall d Continue to hold the trigger to the rear while pulling the charging handle to the rear and releasing the charging handle e Release the trigger f Pull the trigger the hammer should not fall 4 Check an M16A2 with the selector lever in the BURST position a Place the selector lever in the BURST position b Pull the charging handle to the rear and release it c Pull the trigger holding it to the rear the hammer should fall d Continue to hold the trigger to the rear while pulling the charging handle to the rear and releasing the charging handle e Repeat step 4d twice f Release the trigger g Pull the trigger the hammer should fall 5 Stop the function check any time the rifle does not function properly 6 Turn in the malfunctioning rifle to the unit armorer 6 Perform unit maintenance on machi
66. minimum the ARIMS record titles disposition codes and the Privacy Act PA system numbers if applicable a Prepare the ORL containing the following information 1 Record Category 2 Record Title Record Type Keep K or Transfer T Duration Permanent Disposition Authority Privacy Act PA Number Record Number 9 Status b Update the list as file numbers are added or deleted c File the list 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 April 2008 3 9 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Prepare file folder labels using ARIMS file labeling format Reference AR 25 400 2 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 2 and Figure 6 1 NOTE All folders and containers used to store official records will be labeled The office of record may label these folders and containers in any manner that best suits the business needs of an office This includes anything from typewritten or computer generated labels to writing or printing directly on the folders or containers with colored pens and markers a Print or type on each label the disposition instruction standards record type K or T 1 All records are divided into two categories Transfer T records and Keep K records The transfer records are saved beyond their usefulness as business records and keep records are saved only to serve the business needs 2 Use K for records that will be managed entirely within the office The following disposition codes are under record type K
67. more than 6 years then destroy 4 EN Event but time period is not known Keep in the current files area until the event occurs and then until no longer needed but no more than 6 years after the event then destroy b Disposition Codes R and S are not applicable see AR 25 400 2 Table 7 1 for instructions c Use T for records that will be transferred to a Records Holding Area RHA or Army Electronic Archives AEA 1 T Time periods over 6 years Keep in the current files area until no longer needed then retire to the AEA and or RHA example T10 25 keep for 10 years and 3 months then retire to AEA and or RHA 2 TE Time periods over 6 years plus event Transfer to AEA and or RHA after a specific event occurs 3 TEP Transfer to AEA and or RHA after a specific event occurs 4 TP Transfer permanent Keep in the current files until no longer needed then retire to AEA and or RHA d U Unscheduled record Retain in current files area until disposition instructions are published then apply the approved disposition NOTE Disposition instructions are found in AR 25 400 2 Chapter 7 Table 7 1 Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement 30 April 2008 3 11 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures 1 2 3 4 5 6 Determined the files required to be maintained in accordance with AR 25 400 2 Prep
68. organization clothing and equipment to the property book Supply support activity SSA An activity that processes selected items of supplies and equipment for organizations and units within its area of responsibility Turn in document A form used to turn in supplies and equipment to the SSA Verify To prove the truth of a supply transaction Glossary 10 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG REFERENCES Required Publications Required publications are sources that users must read in order to understand or to comply with this publication Army Regulations AR 15 6 AR 25 50 AR 25 400 2 AR 40 61 AR 71 32 AR 190 11 AR 190 13 AR 190 51 AR 210 130 AR 380 5 AR 700 84 AR 710 2 AR 725 50 AR 735 5 Department of Army Forms Procedures for Investigating Officers and Boards of Officers 2 October 2006 Preparing and Managing Correspondence 3 June 2002 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS 2 October 2007 Medical Logistics Policies 28 January 2005 Force Development and Documentation Consolidated Policies 3 March 1997 Physical Security of Arms Ammunition and Explosives 15 November 2006 The Army Physical Security Program 30 September 1993 Security of Unclassified Army Property Sensitive and Nonsensitive 30 September 1993 Laundry and Dry Cleaning Operations 22 February 2005 Department of the Army Information Security Program 29 September 2000 Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing 1
69. property book level For expendable durable items there is one register per organizational element as directed by the PBO The document numbers from the registers will not be duplicated 3533 _ x SQ oao 2 Record entries on the document register as they occur References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 paragraph 2 23 and Figure 2 5 a Column a Enter Julian date For training ammunition follow the procedures found in DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Figure 11 9 b Column b Enter assigned four digit document serial number Restart the sequence daily c Column c Enter the last three digits of the SSA s DODAAC in the document sent to block COMSEC custodians enter the last three digits of the supporting SSA COMSEC account number For other than request for issue or turn in enter name of activity the document is sent to 3 16 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps d Column d 1 Enter the stock number of the item being requested or turn in For nonexpendable document registers the LIN may be included for purposes of continuity and cross reference 2 For requests for issue or turn in on DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn In leave blank 3 For ammunition requests extract from block B of DA Form 581 Request for Issue and Turn In of Ammunition 4 For other than request for issue or turn in leave blank e Column e 1 Enter one or two words that identify the item requested or turn in 2 Enter request fo
70. responsibility for damaged property Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 1c and Table 12 1 a Process a relief document for damaged organizational clothing and individual equipment OCIE when there is no negligence Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 14 paragraph 14 18 c Prepare a damage memorandum stating the cause of the damage for the unit commander s approval Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 14 paragraph 14 18c Process a relief document for damaged property when there is no negligence Prepare a damage memorandum stating the cause of the damage for the unit commander s approval and attach it to the maintenance request or turn in document Process a relief document for damaged property when there is no negligence When the financial Liability investigation of property loss approving authority or his or her designated representative concurs with the damage statement they will enter CONCUR on the statement and date and sign their concurrence Nonconcurrence will be shown by entering NONCOUR INITE A FINANCIAL LIABILITY INVESTIGATION OF PROPERTY LOSS on the statement and date and sign their nonconcurrence Process a relief document for any item when a person admits liability and offer cash or check payment in an amount not to exceed the person s monthly basic pay in accordance with AR 735 5 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 2 a 1 Prepare a statement of charges cash collection voucher Process a relief do
71. rod section and lift off the assembly 10 While holding weapon grasp the heat shield just forward of the barrel handle and lift it off the barrel 3 136 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 11 Close cover Assure folding handle on new style barrel is in carrying up position Depress the locking lever of the barrel with left hand Hold the carrying handle with the right hand lift it up and push the barrel forward 12 Push handguard retaining pin to the left using cleaning rod section then remove handguard downward 13 Position the gas collar to allow the scraper assembly to be installed Place the tip guide of scraper assembly into the notch in the front left of gas block and hold guide firmly in notch 14 Holding the scraper assembly in position turn the collar counterclockwise until collar can be removed 15 Position hand to prevent gas regular from falling out 16 Remove the gas regular from the gas block 17 Using cleaning rod section push lower most retaining pin to the left Remove buttstock and buffer assembly pulling it to the rear while supporting trigger mechanism NOTE OF CAUTION Removal of the trigger mechanism from a loaded weapon will cause runaway fire Never remove trigger mechanism before weapon is cleared 18 Remove trigger mechanism to the rear and down 19 Turn gas cylinder to the left or right to release the locking spring then pull out 20 After removal of gas cylinder the bipod c
72. than the date the delegating authority expects to remain in the job 2 Enter name of unit activity 3 Enter installation location 4 Enter name of individuals authorized to approve DA Form 3078 Personal Clothing Request Individual s must be a commissioned officer or a warrant officer 5 Enter rank 6 Enter signature 7 Enter name of individual s authorized to sign in block 31 Signature of Recipient of DA Form 3078 Individual s listed in this block will be authorized to pick up receive clothing for Soldiers whose name appears in block 4 of DA Form 3078 Enter rank Enter signature Enter unit DODAAC Enter unit activity telephone number 14 Destroy DA Form 1687 if new cards are required Enter date prepared Enter name of Delegating Authority Enter rank of Delegating Authority 15 Enter signature of Delegating Authority b Make proper disposition of DA Form 7000 1 Deliver DA Form 7000 to the appropriate SOS a Determine the number of cards to be forwarded to the SOS b Send completed DA Form 7000 to the SOS c Send a copy of the Assumption of Command Orders or Appointing Memorandum to each SOS 3 14 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 2 File DA Form 7000 and Appointment Orders a Place DA Form 7000 in the Unit Supply File b Place the unit s completed copy of the DA Form 7000 in the Unit Supply Files c Determine the disposition of DA Form 7000 in the Unit Supp
73. the Doc No search screen Click the Document Number to select the document p Click the Document Number to select the document NOTE While the TYPE ACTION CODE IS S make the appropriate changes in the applicable field and click the Apply button 1 To print a Click Generate Fed Form b Click File c Click Print 7 Create an Asset Adjustment Document utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 4 1 NOTE This is a Property Book function a Access the PBUSE MODULE MAIN menu b Click Property Book c Click Asset Adjustments to display the Asset Adjustment screen Material Item tab d Click the Find button to display the UIC search screen e Click the UIC to select the unit NOTE If no UICs appear enter a complete UIC and click the Go button or enter a partial UIC click the Go button and then click the desired UIC The upper portion of the screen displays general LIN data f Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the lists g Click the LIN to display associated material item in the lower data list NOTE From this process you will not be able to generate FED FORM h To add a material item to a LIN 1 Click the insert button to open the New Material Item screen NOTE Make the appropriate entries into the fields and click the Apply button to assign a document number if not previously entered Multiple items may be added to a currently suspended document by entering t
74. the Government 3 The value of the admitted loss damage or destruction exceeds the individual s monthly basic pay 4 The value of the damages or shortages in occupied Government quarters real property and furnishings combined or Government furnishings in non Government quarters exceeds the individual s monthly basic pay 5 The total handling loss of specific bulk petroleum product exceeds the allowable loss for that product and the dollar value of the total loss exceeds 500 AR 710 2 6 The loss or destruction involves a sensitive item Investigate sensitive items lost or destroyed in accordance with AR 15 6 AR 190 11 or NGR 190 11 The loss or destruction involves public funds or other negotiable instructions Required by higher authority or other DA regulations Directed by an Inventory Adjustment Report IAR approving authority e NSN changes Unit of issue changes that affect the balance on hand Change in accounting requirements accountable to non accountable Change in accounting requirements non accountable to accountable Assembly of an end item Disassembly of an end item Consumption of Class 1 11 Ill or V basic loads Change in Reportable Item Control Code RICC 30 April 2008 3 71 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 2 Prepare DD Form 362 Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 3 Figure 12 5 a Fill in data on DD Form 362 1 Enter in Block 1 the date
75. the document is prepared 2 Enter in Block 2 the document number obtained from the Property Book Officer Organization or Installation who is responsible for the items lost or destroyed before forwarding it to the Finance and Accounting Office 3 Enter in Block 3 the organization and Unit Identification Code UIC to which individual being charged is assigned or the name of the employing agency in the case of a civilian employee 4 Enter in Block 3 the name of the installation where the organization is located ARNG will enter the city and state where located 5 Leave Block 5 blank to be completed by the Finance and Accounting Office 6 Leave Block 6 blank to be completed by the Finance and Accounting Office 7 Leave Block 7 blank to be completed by the Finance and Accounting Office 8 Column a Enter Stock Number s and Line Item Number s for the item s lost damaged or destroyed If the item s is nonstandard enter nonstandard or NSI 9 Column b Enter the complete description and Unit Cost of the item lost damaged or destroyed Obtain the Unit Cost from the current FEDLOG at the time of the loss In cases of damaged property add Damaged to Enter the Reportable Item Control Code RICC for RICC 2 items When a RICC 2 item s listed on the document is totally lost or destroyed no residue to turn in enter the words no residue When space on the form is insufficient blank paper with proper i
76. the toolbar After the report is printed close the Excel screen 13 Modify Component Hand Receipts utilizing the PBUSE System References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 page 8 46 a Access the PBUSE Main menu b Click Hand Receipts c Click Unit Level Hand Receipts d Click Component CHR SHR 4 default tab e Click the End Item NSN to display the Component Modify screen NOTE The screen displays end items and components in a hierarchy based upon the Component Indent Code 1 Click the QTY field and enter the new quantity 2 Click the Apply button 3 Click the OK button on the confirmation box NOTE If the component NSN in the lower portion of the screen is displayed as a hyperlink it has related sub components Click the Component NSN to display the sub components 4 Click the Previous Level button to return to the next higher component na 14 Complete a Component Query utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 2 3 a Access the PBUSE Main menu b Click Hand Receipt c Click Primary Hand Receipts d Click Component Query to display the Component Query tab 1 Click the LOV in the upper left hand corner and select the search criterion NOTE In the second enterable field type an identifier appropriate for the criterion selected from the LOV The entry may be partial or complete 2 Enter a beginning serial number and an end serial number These numbers do not have to
77. then click the OK button on the confirmation box NOTE Repeat steps H J to enter more serial numbers if necessary The number of serial numbers added can be less than or equal to the on hand quantity of the component 16 Modify a Component Serial Number to a Component Sub Hand Receipt utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 4 2 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu Screen b Click Hand Receipts c Click Unit Level Hand Receipts d Click Component CHR tab to display the Sub Hand receipt processes menu e Click the End Item NSN to display the Component Modify screen f Click the Y in the Serial number field to display the Component Serial Numbers screen with data g Click the N in the Serial Number field to display the Component Serial Numbers screen with data h Click the apply button once all modifications have been made 17 Delete a component serial number from a Component Sub Hand Receipt utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 4 2 1 2 a Access the PBUSE main menu b Click Hand Receipts c Click Unit Level Hand Receipts d Click Component CHR tab to display the Sub Hand Receipt Processes menu e Click the End Item NSN to display the Component Modify screen f Click the Y in the Serial number field to display the Component Serial Numbers screen with data g Click the Delete checkbox adjacent to the serial number h Click the Delete
78. where and how the inventory will be conducted Ensure hand receipt holders are in the unit that is assigned the property Make sure all hand or subhand receipts and annexes with change documents are posted prior to inventory TO Taoro 2 Conduct a physical inventory Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 9 paragraph 9 3 through 9 7 a Follow the commander s special instructions b Compare authorization documents modified table of allowances MTOE table of distribution and allowances TDA or joint table of allowance JTA with the hand receipts c Review DA Pamphlet 25 30 to ensure that the most current publications are used to conduct the inventory d Make sure the quantity agrees with quantity recorded on the hand receipt document e Make sure the items being inventoried belongs to the unit f Visually count and verify serial numbers of each item being inventoried g Check the serial number when an item has a serial number h Check end item for completeness using the proper technical manual or supply catalog i Make visual check of the condition of the items j Validate maintenance and laundry requests k Report discrepancies to the commander 3 Perform Post inventory procedures Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 9 paragraph 9 3 a Compare inventory results with authorization documents hand receipts property listings or component listings to verify shortages b Inform commander of inventory
79. 08 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Maintain Required Publications 101 92Y 1012 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to maintain required publications Given the current unit supply files internal standing operating procedures SOPs DA Pamphlet 25 30 Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Forms the unit s Modified Tables of Organization and Equipment MTOE or Tables of Distribution and Allowance TDA current DA Form 17 Requisition for Publications and Blank Forms and DA Form 17 1 Requisition for Publications and Blank Forms Continuation Sheet and a computer with internet access to the Army Publishing Directorate APD website Standards Verified that all publications were on hand or on order for all organizational equipment listed in the unit s MTOE or TDA without error using DA Pamphlet 25 30 APD website and the internal SOP Performance Steps 1 Access DA Pamphlet 25 30 References DA Pamphlet 25 30 website and DA Pamphlet 25 30 User s Manual Section Ill a Double click the left mouse button on the internet Explorer icon on the windows desktop top The default homepage is displayed b Use the left mouse to highlight the address line c Key in http www apd army mil and left click the lt GO gt button or click lt ENTER gt The APD homepage is displayed d Move the mouse cursor over the Official Publications to display the drop down menu N
80. 101 92Y 1125 Request Supplies and Equipment Request Cancellation of Supplies Receive Property Issue Property Process Hand Receipts Subhand Receipts Store Property Inventory Property Turn In Property Army Assets Perform Lateral Transfer of Property Process Property Adjustment Documents Maintain Unit Loads Perform Unit Logistics System Set Up Update Parameter Tables Update Organizational Data Perform Catalog Maintenance Update Component Data Perform Ammunition Transactions ea Cee A i pre ES rec ee Le J eS VE Gee ei ye Subject Area 3 Organizational Clothing Procedures 101 92Y 1205 101 92Y 1206 101 92Y 1207 Process Personal Clothing Request Prepare Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment OCIE Record Process Organizational Laundry Subject Area 4 Arms Room Procedures 101 92Y 1301 101 92Y 1409 Control Weapons and Ammunition in the Arms Room AIT Perform Organizational Unit Maintenance on Small Arms AIT QT QT 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG CRITICAL TASKS Task Number Training Location Skill Level 2 Subject Area 5 Filing Procedures 101 92Y 2001 Review Unit Supply Files Subject Area 6 Property Book Procedures 101 92Y 2002 Supervise the Inventory of Property 101 92Y 2101 Post Transaction to Property Book 101 92Y 2102 Manage Hand Receipts Subhand Receipts 101 92Y 2103 Maintain Authorizations 101 92Y 2104 Process a Lateral Transfer of Property Su
81. 1A 23 amp P 2A TO 11W3 5 5 52 14 December 1990 Operator s Manual for Machine Guns Caliber 50 M2 Heavy Barrel Flexible W E NSN 1005 00 322 9715 EIC 4AG M48 Turret Type 1005 00 957 3893 EIC 4BB Soft Mount 1005 01 343 0747 Navy Fixed Type Right Hand Feed 1005 00 122 9339 Navy Fixed Type Left Hand Feed 1005 00 122 9368 NAVY TM 02498A 10 2 TO 11W2 6 3 161 SW361 AB MMO 010 1 June 2001 Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Machine Guns Caliber 50 M2 Heavy Barrel Flexible W E NSN 1005 00 322 97 15 EIC 4AG M48 Turret Type 1005 00 957 3893 EIC 4AB Soft Mount 1005 01 343 0747 NAVY Fixed Type Right Hand Feed 1005 00 122 9339 Navy Fixed Type Left Hand Feed 1005 00 122 9368 Navy TO 11W2 6 3 172 TM 0298A 23 2 SW 361 AC MMM 010 15 March 2002 Operator s Manual for Machine Gun 7 62 MM M60 W E NSN 1005 00 605 7710 EIC 4AJ and Machine Gun 7 62 MM M60D W E 1005 00 909 3002 EIC 4A8 TO 11W2 6 4 11 2 April 1998 Operator s Manual Long Range Sniper Rifle LRSR Caliber 50 M107 NSN 1005 01 469 2133 15 May 2004 Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Long Range Sniper Rifle M107USMC Special Application Scoped Rifle SASR NSN 1005 01 469 2133 EIC 4HA P N 12983075 CAGEC 19200 TO 11W2 5 7 2 TM 11110A O 14 February 2006 Operator s Manual for Pistol Sem
82. 2 Prepare and View Want List Records References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 12 pages 9 27 through 9 30 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu b Click MILSTRIP Order Item and then click the Want List option to display the Want List tab based on your user level c View Want List Records 1 Click the Item Type LOV and select desired type unit level only 2 Click the Status LOV and select desired status unit level only 3 Click the first Prev Next or Last buttons as applicable to page through the Want List d Search for specific records 1 Click the Search button to display the Want List Search screen for the Unit Level or Property Book Level 2 Enter the desired search criteria and click the Search button to display the results e Print the report 1 Click the Print button and Open the file using Microsoft Excel Once the report is displayed in Microsoft Excel a Click File located on the toolbar to display the File Menu b Click Print and select the desired printing options c Click OK to print the listing d Click Close to exit from Microsoft Excel f Take action on Want List Records 1 Click the Action LOV and select desired action 2 Click the Type LOV and select Property Book or Non Property Book as appropriate Property Book Level Only 3 Click Apply button to save 4 Click OK to the modifications saved message 13 Prepare an automated request for modification References AIS Manual
83. 2008 3 61 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 16 Block O Enter one or two words that describe the item being turned in a Include the item serial number if known b If there is not enough room continue on the reverse c For non cataloged non standard commercial items enter complete item description and item application d Include any other identifying data that may be available e For scrap enter SCRAP and identify the material content 17 Block P Enter the following in this block a The reason for turn in EXCESS or REPLACEMENT b The condition of the item SERVICEABLE or UNSERVICEABLE c If UNSERVICEABLE the reason for turn in FWT or AR 735 5 4 Assign a Document Number to the turn in document Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Figure 2 6 a Assign a document number to DA Form 581 for turn in of excess ammunition or residue b Assign a document number to DA Form 2765 1 for turn in of items from the Document Register 5 Process Requests for Turn In utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 20 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu b Click MILSTRIP Order Item c Click the appropriate Turn in Property book level or Turn in Unit level d Click the component check box if applicable e Click the box to Generate DA 2765 1 FEDFORM if applicable f For fields without an LOV type the desired information g For fields wit
84. 2Y12 SM TG Performance Steps e Obtain the responsible officers signature on the memorandum f File the memorandum NOTE If the property book is kept at unit level send a copy of the memorandum to the next higher level command 5 Perform the post inventory action for a weapons and ammunition inventory a Report any discrepancies to the responsible officer immediately b The responsible officer will report discrepancies to the PBO c When no conclusive findings are made the following actions will be completed 1 Turn in overages as found on installation property 2 Account for shortages according to Policies and Procedures for Property Accountability AR 735 5 3 Post adjustment documents to the property book 6 Perform post inventory action for COMSEC equipment inventory COMSEC custodians will not be relieved of their responsibilities and will not depart their organization until this COMSEC account is cleared Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Prepared for inventory 2 Conducted a physical inventory 3 Conducted post inventory procedures Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how
85. 34 Block 35c Enter ordinal date accepted YYDDD done by the maintenance clerk 35 Block 35d Enter military time done by the maintenance clerk NOTE Verify that you obtain the receipt copy 1 from the receiving clerk at the DSU 3 Prepare DA Form 3161 as a lateral transfer Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 3 Section Ill paragraph 3 19 Figure 3 3 a The losing unit prepares the lateral transfer document b Prepare lateral transfer in sufficient copies in accordance with local SOP NOTE The form is being prepared by block and column 2 3 Sheets Number Block Enter number of sheets consecutively 4 Number of Sheets Block Enter total number of sheets 5 Block 1 Enter the name and UIC of the gaining organization 6 Block 2 Enter the name and UIC of the losing organization 7 Block 3 Enter the document number assigned to the lateral transfer losing organization Document number is the DODAAC Julian date serial number 8 Block 4 Leave blank Gaining organization will enter their document number DODAAC Julian date and serial number 9 Block 5 Enter Lateral Transfer 0 Block 6 Leave blank 1 Block 7 Leave blank 2 Block 8 Leave blank 3 Blocks 9 9c Leave blank 4 Block 10 Leave blank 5 Block 11 Leave blank 6 Column 12a Enter the item number in sequence for each item being transferred 7 Column 12b Enter the stock
86. 4 Click the OK button to initiate printing and then close the window m Click the Notify Gaining PBO button after all updates are complete and the DA Form 3161 is printed n Click the OB button on the Notify Gaining PBO confirmation box o Click the OK button in the Notify Gaining PBO dialog box 2 File completed Lateral Transfer Documents Reference AR 25 400 2 Chapter 7 paragraph 7 100 a Place Non Expendable Lateral Transfer documents in FN 710 2a property book and supporting documents file b Process disposition in accordance with AR 25 400 2 3 160 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Processed a Lateral Transfer Document utilizing the PBUSE System 2 Filed completed lateral transfer documents Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 25 400 2 DA PAM 25 30 DA PAM 710 2 1 30 April 2008 3 161 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Subject Area 7 Absentee Property Accountability Procedures Account for Absentee s Clothing Equipment and Personal Effects 101 92Y 2201 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to account for all absentee s clothing equipment and individ
87. 4 Document Register for Supply Actions Due in Status Cards Listings blank Request for Issue or Turn in DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures authorization documents AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS AR 725 50 Requisitioning Receipt and Issue System FEDLOG Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with a forms program and local standing operating procedures SOPs Standards Request cancellation of previously submitted supply requests in accordance with the source of supply SOS SOP DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 Identify open supply requests to be cancelled References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 29 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 4 pages 9 8 and 9 9 a Review all open requests on the Document Register b Select the document numbers of requests to be cancelled 2 Prepare Request for Cancellation of supplies References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 29 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 4 pages 9 8 and 9 9 a Prepare a request for cancellation if status has been received 1 Use the latest Status Card 2 Enter AC1 in Block 1 card columns 1 3 3 Enter the quantity to be cancelled in Block 8 4 Circle these entries using colored pencil or ink b Prepare a request for cancellation if no status has been received 1 Remake the supply re
88. 4 6 NOTE Commanders will conduct inspection inventories of personal clothing when Soldiers are first assigned to the unit and annually there after to ensure that Soldiers have in their possession a complete serviceable issue of personal clothing at all times As a result of the inventory any shortages will be documented and the Soldier given the opportunity to replace any shortages if the item was not issued the unit supply operation will prepare initial issue documents 2 Prepare DA Form 3078 Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 2 Chapter 5 paragraphs 5 1 and 5 2 a Block 1 Enter document number This block is to be used by USAR ARNG units only b Block 2 Leave blank Local Army Military Clothing Sales Store AMCSS use only c Block 3 Enter date prepared d Block 4 Enter the name of Soldier clothing is being requested for last first middle initial e Block 5 Enter Social Security Number of individual in block 4 f Block 6 Enter Soldier s rank grade g Block 7 Enter unit organization to which individual is assigned For Inactive Ready Reserves IRR and Individual Mobilization Augmentees IMA fill in the local unit to which individual is assigned attached in this block h Block 8 Enter DODAAC for use by USAR ARNG units only i Block 9 Enter appropriate priority code for use by USAR ARNG units only j Block 10 Enter physical location of the AMCSS k Block 11 Enter an X in the appropriate
89. 5 3 138 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Replace the drive spring rod assembly 7 Replace the back plate assembly g Perform the function check pull the retracting slide handle to the rear and hold it push down on the bolt catch release and ease the retracting slide handle forward 8 Perform unit maintenance on machine gun 40mm MK 19 MOD 3 Reference DA Pamphlet 750 8 TM 9 1010 230 10 and TM 9 1010 230 23 amp P a Safety requirements 1 Clear weapon Refer to TM 9 1010 230 10 operator s manual for detailed instructions 2 Wear safety goggles 3 Tool and special tools includes only the standard tool set applicable to the procedure 4 Carry the MK19 machine gun using a two person lift one person will lift from the barrel with both hands while facing in the same direction that the gun is pointing The other person will lift from the handles of the control grip assembly b Disassemble of the MK 19 MOD 3 1 Clear weapon Refer to TM 9 1010 213 10 operator s manual for detailed instructions 2 Remove the bolt and back plate assembly 3 Remove the secondary drive lever 4 Remove the feed slide assembly 5 Remove the top cover assembly 6 Remove the feed tray 7 Remove the primary drive lever 8 Remove the vertical cam assembly 9 Remove the alignment guide assembly 10 Remove the ogive plunger 11 Remove the round position block 12 Remove the charging assemblies 13 Remove
90. 6 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO 1 Identified system hardware components Connected PBUSE system components Connected PBUSE System modem to PBUSE database server Powered on PBUSE System Accessed the PBUSE database Powered Off PBUSE System O oa A W N Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 500 3 DP0540 UNIT SOP 30 April 2008 3 87 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Update Parameter Tables 101 92Y 1121 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirem System pertinent ent to update Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE parameter tables Given a PBUSE with forms program copy of the PBUSE end user manual AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM parameter data and local standing operating procedure SOP Standards Updated Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced Parameter Tables in accordance with procedures outlined in AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Perform ance Steps 1 View Parameter Tables References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 5 8 a b c d e f Access the PBUSE main menu Select Administration Select View Maintain Paramet
91. 7 Functional Users Manual for The Army Maintenance Management System Aviation TAMMS A 15 March 1999 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Users Manual 22 August 2005 30 April 2008 Department of Defense Forms STP 10 92Y12 SM TG DD forms are available from the OSD website at http www dtic mil whs directives infomgt forms formsprogram htm DD FORM 200 DD FORM 314 DD FORM 362 DD FORM 1348 1A DD FORM 1348 6 Field Manuals FM 4 0 FM 5 116 FM 7 0 FM 7 1 FM 10 27 4 FM 10 67 1 FM 25 4 FM 25 5 Other Product Types AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM CTA 8 100 CTA 50 900 CTA 50 909 CTA 50 970 FEDLOG LOCAL SOP MIL STD 129P Soldier Training Publications STP 21 1 SMCT STP 21 24 SMCT Technical Bulletins TB 380 41 30 April 2008 Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record Statement of Charges Cash Collection Voucher Issue Release Receipt Document DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document Manual Long Form Combat Service Support 29 August 2003 Engineer Operations Echelons Above Corps 9 February 1999 Training the Force 22 October 2002 Battle Focused Training 15 September 2003 Organizational Supply and Services for Unit Leaders 14 April 2000 Concepts and Equipment of Petroleum Operations 2 April 1998 How to Conduct Training Exercises 10 September 1984 Training for Mobilization and War 25 January 1985 Global Combat Suppo
92. 8 November 2004 Supply Policy Below the National Level 28 March 2008 Requisition Receipt and Issue System 15 November 1995 Policies and Procedures for Property Accountability 28 February 2005 DA forms are available from the APD website at www apd army mil DA FORM 17 DA FORM 17 1 DA FORM 581 DA FORM 1687 DA FORM 1974 DA FORM 2028 DA FORM 2062 DA FORM 2063 R DA FORM 2064 30 April 2008 Requisition for Publications and Blank Forms Requisition for Publications and Blank Forms Continuation Sheet Request for Issue and Turn In of Ammunition Notice of Delegation of Authority Receipt for Supplies Laundry List Medical Treatment Facility and Organization Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms Hand Receipt Annex Number Prescribed Load List Document Register for Supply Actions References 1 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG DA FORM 2404 DA FORM 2407 DA FORM 2408 4 DA FORM 2408 9 DA FORM 2765 1 DA FORM 3078 DA FORM 3161 DA FORM 3318 DA FORM 3328 DA FORM 3328 1 DA FORM 3645 DA FORM 3645 1 DA FORM 3749 DA FORM 4702 R DA FORM 4949 DA FORM 5164 R DA FORM 5165 R DA FORM 5513 DA FORM 5811 R DA FORM 7000 DA FORM 7531 Department of Army Pamphlets DA PAM 25 30 DA PAM 25 33 DA PAM 25 51 DA PAM 25 380 2 DA PAM 30 22 DA PAM 190 51 DA PAM 600 4 DA PAM 600 8 DA PAM 708 2 DA PAM 710 2 1 DA PAM 738 751 DA PAM 750 8 References 2 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet Maintenance Reques
93. A Form 2062 Hand Receipt Annex shortage annex 12 Dispose of the Hand Receipt Annex in accordance with local SOPS 7 Import hand receipts files from the Property Book Office to the commander s hand receipt using PBUSE Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 3 1 a Access the PBUSE main menu b Click hand receipt c Click Unit Level hand receipts to display the Sub Hand Receipt screen d Click the UIC find button to select the unit NOTE If no UICs appear enter a complete UIC and then click the GO button to enter a partial UIC click the go button and then click the desired UIC 3 44 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps e Click the SIC LOV to select the Support Indicator Code f Click the Import button NOTE When the Sub Hand Receipt import screen appears a Enter the PATH of the ALVO9PDP for example a pdp new b Click the Submit button to import the file 8 Create a Permanent Sub hand Receipt Holder Record utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 1 1 Access the PBUSE main menu Click Hand Receipt Click Unit Level Hand Receipts to display the SHR Holder default tab Click the insert button to display the New SHR Holder screen Enter the Sub Hand Receipt holders phone Number Enter the Sub Hand Receipt holders Name Enter the Sub Hand Receipt holders Duty Section Enter the Sub Hand Receipt holders Phone Number
94. ADS Visibility Listing to display the LOGTAADS Authorization Listings screen visibility tab d Click the Print button to display an Excel screen e Click the Print Icon on the Excel Toolbar to generate the report 5 View LOGTAADS Change Listing utilizing PBUSE Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 NOTE This process displays the LOGTAADS Change Listing The listing displays additions deletions quantity and Equipment Readiness Code ERC changes to LOGTAADS authorized items resulting from the LOGTADS broadcast projections a Access the PBUSE MAIN menu b Click Property Book c Click LOGTAADS Change Listing to display the LOGTAADS Authorization Listings screen Change Listing tab d Click the Find button to display the UIC search screen e Click the UIC to select the unit NOTE If no UICs appear enter a complete UIC and click the GO button or enter a partial UIC click the GO button and then click the desired UIC f Select the Effective Date from the EFF Date LOV g Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list 6 Print LOGTAADS Change Listing utilizing PBUSE Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 a Access the PBUSE MAIN menu b Click Property Book c Click LOGTAADS ChangeListing to display the LOGTAADS Authorization Listings screen Change Listing Tab d Click the Print button to display an Excel screen e Click the Print Icon on the Excel Toolbar to generate the report
95. AR 25 400 2 Performance Steps 1 Identify property to be issued Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraphs 5 1 and 5 3 2 Prepare a change document for issue of property References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 3 1 and Figure 5 3 a Prepare DA Form 3161 as a change document in two copies 1 Issue block Enter X when processing an issue change document 2 Sheet No block Enter consecutive sheet numbers 3 No Sheets block Enter the total number of sheets 4 Block 1 Send To Enter name UIC hand or subhand receipt number if applicable of the organization unit section or squad receiving the item 5 Block 2 Request From Enter the name UIC and subhand receipt number of the organization unit section or squad which issues the items 6 Block 3 Request No Enter Change Document 7 Block 12a Enter the item number in sequence for each item issued 8 Block 12b Enter the stock number and LIN if available of each item issued 9 Block 12c Enter the item description a Enter the make or model if the item has one b Enter the serial numbers when recorded on the property book or sub hand receipt c Enter the Controlled Inventory Item Code CIIC of the item d Enter Nothing Follows below the last item listed on the form e Enter Nothing Follows below the last item listed on the form 10 Block 12d Enter the unit of issue 11 Block 12e Enter the quantity to be issue
96. BUSE system 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 17 Deleted a component serial number from a Component Sub Hand Receipt utilizing the PBUSE system 18 Printed a Component Sub Hand Receipt utilizing the PBUSE system Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM LOCAL SOP AR 25 400 2 AR 710 2 DA FORM 2062 DA FORM 3161 DA PAM 25 30 DA PAM 710 2 1 30 April 2008 3 49 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Store Property 101 92Y 1021 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to store property and or hazardous materials in a designated location Given necessary equipment and area to perform storage operation AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level AR 190 11 Physical Security of Arms Ammunition and Explosives AR 190 51 Security of Unclassified Army Property Sensitive and Non sensitive DA Pamphlet 190 51 Risk Analysis for Army Property TM 38 410 Storage and Handling of Hazardous Materials FM 10 67 1 Concepts and Equipment of Petroleum Operations and the unit standing operating procedures SOPs Standards Store selected classes of property equipment or hazardo
97. C Find button and select the UIC Click the Transfer To LOV and select PBUSE or CIF Enter the Gaining UIC Make the appropriate selections a Click the checkbox next to the Complete column label to select all individuals and all OCIE b Click the checkbox next to the Partial column label to select all individuals and only a portion of their OCIE c Click the Complete checkbox for an individual being transferred with all OCIE d Click the Partial checkbox for an individual being transferred with only a portion of their OCIE 8 Click the Apply button 9 Click the OK button on the confirmation dialog box 10 Click Close to return to the Personnel Transfer screen 11 Click Apply 12 Click OK to the message The Personnel Transfer has been initiated m Perform Personnel Transfer Suspense Actions at the Property Book Level NOTE This process has different functionality depending upon user permissions At the Property Book Level it is the final step prior to transferring personnel out of the unit At the Unit Level it permits the removal of transfer records and the viewing of personnel and OCIE data prior to transfer Records received from ISM will be conjoined with existing records upon a personnel transfer 4 5 6 7 YS wa wa Select Incoming under Alert Messages to view any Alert Messages Close the Incoming Messages window Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click OCIE Click Personnel Transfer Suspense to disp
98. Chapter 7 paragraph 7 1 and Table 7 1 NOTE Filing procedures for the automated document register are the same as the manual document register The parameters are set in the document control register of PBUSE that cause the system to purge the active register based on the number of days in the parameter file Inactive files are purged from the system every 180 days 3 18 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Recorded header data on a document register 2 Recorded entries on document register as they occurred 3 Closed out a document register Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 25 400 2 DA FORM 581 AR 710 2 DA FORM 3161 DA FORM 2064 DA PAM 710 2 1 30 April 2008 3 19 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Subject Area 2 Supply Procedures Request Supplies and Equipment 101 92Y 1016 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to request supplies and equipment Given the authorization document s blank request form s DA Form 2064 Document Register
99. Click Request to display the Ammunition screen Request AMMO 1 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Document Type LOV to select Want Slip Click the Want Slip LOV to select the want slip number 1 Approve a want slip a Click the PBO Approve button to issue a document number b Click the OK button on the Document Number dialog box c Click the OK button on the confirmation box 2 Reject a want slip a Click the PBO Reject button b Click the OK button on the Rejection dialog box c Click the OK button on the Rejection confirmation box NOTE Performed at Property Book Level 30 April 2008 3 103 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 8 Submit an Ammunition Request Document to the ASP Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 2 12 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Request to display the Ammunition screen Request AMMO 1 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the document number LOV to select the document number Insert a diskette into the drive Click the Submit to ASP button Click OK on the Warning confirmation box Click OK on the Java dialog box Click OK on the Fed Form Print screen Close the Fed Form screen Click yes when the next dialog box appears On the Save In screen 1 Click the Look in LOV and select A 2 Click the Save button n Click OK on the next two dialog boxes NOTE If the diskette is not written at this time
100. Date from the calendar 5 6 7 JINA 070Q0008 Enter the Pickup Time Enter the Received Rejected Date if different than the current date Enter the Turn In Suspense Date if different than the one displayed k Click the Apply button to create the document 13 Modify an Ammunition Receipt Line Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 3 3 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Ammo c Click Receipt to display the Ammunition screen Receipt AMMO 2 tab d Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC e Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number f Click the field to be changed to enter the correct data g Click the Apply button 14 Delete an Ammunition Receipt Line Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 3 4 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Receipt to display the Ammunition screen Receipt AMMO 2 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the Delete check box for the line to be deleted Click the Delete button Click OK on the Delete Confirmation box Click OK on the dialog box NOTE i the Item was on the original request the data is reset If the item was added to the receipt the data will be removed J70Q 0Q008 30 April 2008 3 105 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 15 Add Notes from the ASP Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 3 5 TQ 9A008 Access the PBUSE Main
101. Delete button at the bottom of the screen and follow the prompts NOTE Deleting the serial number does not affect the on hand quantity To change the quantity the item must be turned in i Insert an issuing facility 1 Access the OCIE Clothing Record tab 2 Click the NSN to display the Serial No Issuing Facility DODAAC screen 3 Click the Insert Issuing Facility button to display the Insert Issuing Facility screen 4 Enter the Issuing Facility DODAAC and the Qty 5 Click the Apply button to update the database j Delete an issuing facility 1 Access the OCIE Clothing Record tab 2 Click the NSN to display the Serial No lssuing Facility DODAAC screen 3 Click the Select checkbox next to the serial number 4 Click the Delete button at the bottom of the screen and follow the prompts k Maintain OCIE records for deployed personnel NOTE When the status of an individual is changed to Deployed in the Personnel process his or her clothing record must be changed to reflect the items being deployed with that person 2 3 Click Personnel to display the OCIE Maintenance screen Personnel tab 4 Click the Personnel tab 5 Select the last four digits of the SSN of individual 6 Click OK to the message All changes have been applied successfully Personnel status changed Please perform inventory 7 Close the OCIE Inventory screen 8 Click the OCIE Inventory Record tab 9 Enter the deployed quantity in the Depl
102. E Changes in the Status LOV to Deployed requires a change to the OCIE Clothing Record See paragraph 15 2 4 1 6 Click the Apply button 7 Click the Ok button on the dialog box to save the data and to display the OCIE Inventory screen NOTE Read the message in the dialog box carefully as it will vary based on the status of the individual Only one option may be selected After a selection is made the OCIE Inventory screen closes Use the OCIE Clothing Record tab to reprint the form 8 Click the Inventory Statement button to print with an inventory statement 9 Click the Generate 3645 button to print a DA Form 3645 1 c Delete OCIE personnel records NOTE Personnel records are deleted only after all OCIE has been turned in 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Click OCIE 3 Click Personnel to display the OCIE Maintenance screen Personnel tab 4 Click the Delete checkbox adjacent to the record 5 Click the Delete button at the bottom of the screen and follow the prompts d Issue Organizational Clothing and Equipment NOTE Use this process to issue OCIE from a bulk hand receipt holder to an individual 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Click OCIE 3 Click Issue Reassign to display the OCIE Maintenance screen Issue Reassign tab 4 Click the UIC Find button and select a UIC NOTE The Action LOV default is Issue 5 Click the From SHR Bulk Find button and select the appropriate SHR NOTE The screen will refresh and display a l
103. IP Transactions Request MIL 01 screen e Enter the appropriate MILSTRIP Request Receipt data on the screen NOTE Complete MILSTRIP Request Receipt data using instructions found at Section 9 2 of AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM f Click Insert 7 View operational or basic load demand history Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 4 a From the PBUSE Module Main Menu click Hand Receipt click Operational Basic Load to display the Operational Basic Load OBL 1 screen and click the Demand Qty field to display the Demand History OBL 3 screen b Click the JAN field to highlight the record c Click Close to exit aoo 8 Print an operational or basic load list Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 4 a From the PBUSE Module Main Menu click Hand Receipt and click Operational Basic Load to display the Operational Basic Load OBL 1 screen b Click the DODAAC LOV to select the desired DODAAC c Click the LOADTYPE LOV to select the type of load list d Click the Print button to display the Excel screen e Click the Print icon to initiate printing 30 April 2008 3 81 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all the materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO 1 Accounted for unit loads Managed unit loads Added an Operational or Basic Load Item Modified the data for an oper
104. K S lS LWS 1 12 JLS beat o JWYN S 4310 70S DOQVUL S AouaGe yuauodosd ap DL INS OLYZ6 0L dLS 225 woz SIU JO asn 104 NOILVOIIddv Y AaSn MOOS AVNDS LN3IG3dX3 07314 Figure B 1 Sample of a Completed DA Form 5165 R 30 April 2008 B 2 Section Acronyms amp Abbreviations AAR ACCP AIT ANCOC AR ARIMS ARMS ARTEP ATTN BNCOC BT CBS X CIF COMSEC COOP COTS CSSAMO CTA CTC CTT DA DC DCSLOG DCSOPS DD 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG GLOSSARY Administrative Adjustment Report Army Correspondence Course Program Advanced Individual Training Advanced Noncommissioned Officer Course Army regulation Army Records Information Management System Army Master Data File Retrieval Microform System Army Training and Evaluation Program attention Basic Noncommissioned Officer Course BNCOC basic training Continuing Balance System Expanded central issue facility Communications Security continuity of operations plan commercial off the shelf Combat Service Support Automation Management Office Consolidated Training Activities common table s of allowances Combat Training Center common task test Department of the Army Dental Corps Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics Deputy Chief of Staff for Operations and Plans Department of Defense Glossary 1 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG DeCA DIC DISCOM DJMS DLA DMMC DODAAC DOL DRMO DTLOMS EPMS F FAO FEDLOG FED STD F
105. LOV to select the Confirmation Code Click the Apply button NOTES The Confirmation codes CON COS REC COU and RES permanently close the line If all other lines are closed the document is closed Combat turn in documents do not receive confirmation from the ASP 25 Export a File to the ASP Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 7 TQ 4 9DAQT M Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Export to display the Ammunition screen Export AMMO 6 tab Click the check box to the left of the document number Insert the diskette into the drive Click the Export selected document s button to display the Save As screen Click the Save in LOV to select 3 1 2 Floppy A Click the Save button to write the data to the diskette NOTE Transmitted documents will remain on the tab until the ASP sends a response to the document for example a receipt or confirmation file 26 Create a User Created or Combat Ammunition Turn In Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 5 3 3 108 DaAaqgcd i et EO ER Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Turn In to display the Ammunition screen Turn In AMMO 4 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a VIC Click the Receipt Doc No LOV and select the receipt document number for user created turn ins or select Combat Click the Insert button Click the Ammunition radio button Click the Apply button to receive a d
106. M FMTV FORSCOM FTX FWT FXXI G1 G2 G3 G4 GCSS A HEMTT HEMTT LHS Glossary 2 Defense Commissary Agency document identifier code Division Support Command Defense Joint Military Pay System Defense Logistics Agency Division Materiel Management Center Department of Defense Activity Address Code Director of Logistics defense reutilization management Doctrine Training Leader Development Materiel and Soldier Enlisted Personnel Management System Fahrenheit finance and accounting office r Federal Logistics federal standard frequency modulation Family of Medium Tactical Vehicles Forces Command field training exercise fair wear and tear Force XXI Assistant Chief of Staff Personnel Assistant Chief of Staff Intelligence Assistant Chief of Staff Operations Assistant Chief of Staff Logistics Global Combat Support System Army Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck Load Handling System 30 April 2008 HHC HQ HQDA ITEP JTA JTD JUMPS KCLFF LMTV LOGPAC LOGSA LTA MACOM MCI MCRL MCSR MEDDAC MEDEVAC MEDLOG METL METT T METT TC MILPERCEN MIPR MKT mm MNS 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Headquarters and Headquarters Company Headquarters Headquarters Department of the Army Individual Training Evaluation Program Joint Table of Allowances joint tables of distribution Joint Uniform Military Pay System kitchen company level field feeding
107. Menu Click Ammo Click Receipt to display the Ammunition screen Receipt AMMO 2 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a VIC Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the ASP Generated Notes button to display the ASP Generated Notes screen Enter the note in the ASP Notes field Click the insert button Click Apply after all notes have been entered 16 Process an ASP Rejection Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 3 6 a b Click Ammo c Click Receipt to display the Ammunition screen Receipt AMMO 2 tab d e f g Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the ASP Reject button Click OK on the Rejection Confirmation box 17 Complete an Ammunition Receipt Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 3 7 JIA aano 8 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Receipt to display the Ammunition screen Receipt AMMO 2 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the Receipt Complete button Click the OK button on the Completion Confirmation box Click OK on the dialog box 18 Re open an Ammunition Receipt Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 3 7 d 19 Im FO TOWADAATHMDG A2 ADAN0TM 3 106 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Receipt to display the Ammun
108. ODAAC a Requested by Enter name of authorized requester as indicated by using units DA Form 1687 b Date Enter the Julian date request prepared c Signature Enter signature of authorized requestor as indicated on using units DA Form 1687 14 a Approved by Enter the name of the authorized approving authority Depending upon the type of organization the approving officer may be an S 4 division ammunition officer or other authority b Date Enter Julian date request approved c Signature Enter signature of authorized approving authority Item Enter item number DODIC Enter Department of Defense Identification Code DODIC NSN Enter National Stock Number Nomenclature Enter nomenclature Enter the words Last Item after the last entry Ul Enter the unit of issue 9 10 11 12 13 Quantity Requested Turned in Enter quantity being turned in TEC Enter Training Event Code see Appendix of DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Action Code Enter one of the following codes NIS Issue for training or combat TAR Training assets return TIR Turn in residue IBL lssue basic load BLR Basic load receipts RBL Rotate Basic load NTI Normal turn in combat Leave Blank Leave Blank Leave Blank Leave Blank Leave Blank Remarks Enter the following statements as applicable 5 Prepare manual DA Form 2765 1 as a request for issue References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 3 22 Chapter 2 Figur
109. OTE The arrow indicates that there are submenu options e Highlight DA Pamphlet 25 30 and select the option by left clicking the mouse f The system displays the Consolidated Army Publications and Forms Index screen 2 Update DA Form 17 using DA Pamphlet 25 30 to search for new publications or changes to current unit publications References DA Pamphlet 25 30 website and DA Pamphlet 25 30 User s Manual Section Ill V and VI a Review DA Form 17 against the DA Pamphlet 25 30 for changes to current unit publications 1 Use the Quick Search method 2 Click on the Search Field down arrow to display the search field options Discuss the drop down window options 3 Click the Pub Form Number option 4 Press lt TAB gt or click in the Search for Field to advance the cursor 5 Key in the publication number and left click the Submit button The system displays the search results in a different window NOTE Continue this process until all publications and forms listed in column b on the unit s DA Form 17 and DA Form 17 1 are reviewed 6 Annotate publication change data on DA Form 17 b Search DA Pamphlet 25 30 using the line item number LIN found on the MTOE TDA for publications on new equipment 1 Click the Advanced Search option The system displays the various fields to use for an advanced search 2 Locate LIN or MTOE TDA 3 Enter a single LIN and click the Submit button NOTE The search may also be performed us
110. Observe the record is now present NOTE At this point you may issue any other OCIE items using the Issue Reassign tab or print a DA Form 3645 from the Individual screen 4 File completed DA Form 3645 and or DA Form 3645 1 Reference AR 25 400 2 Appendix B File the original completed manual form at the source of supply SOS File completed copy in the unit Soldier s issue file Issue third copy to Soldier Forward manual copy to gaining organization upon transfer Destroy 12 months after transfer or upon separation aaoo Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Prepared DA Form 3645 for issue 2 Prepared DA Form 3645 1 for additional items 3 Maintained PBUSE Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment records 4 Filed completed DA Form 3645 and or DA Form 3645 1 Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 25 400 2 LOCAL SOP AR 710 2 CTA 50 900 CTA 50 970 DA PAM 710 2 1 GCSS A T PBUSE EM 30 April 2008 3 121 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Process Organizational Laundry 101 92Y 1207 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply sp
111. Performance Steps g Perform function check 1 Clear the pistol in accordance with the unloading procedures 2 Depress the slide stop letting the slide go forward 3 Insert an empty magazine into the pistol 4 Retract the slide fully and release it The slide should lock to the rear 5 Depress the magazine release button and remove the magazine 6 Ensure the decocking safety lever is in the SAFE position 7 Depress the slide stop When the slide goes forward the hammer should fall to the forward position 8 Squeeze and release the trigger The firing pin block should move up and down and the hammer should not move 9 Place the decocking safety lever in the FIRE position 10 Squeeze the trigger to check double action The hammer should cock and fall 11 Squeeze the trigger again Hold it to the rear Manually retract and release the slide Release the trigger A click should be heard and the hammer should not fall 12 Squeeze the trigger to check single action The hammer should fall 5 Perform unit maintenance on rifle 5 56mm M16A2 Reference DA Pamphlet 750 8 TM 9 1005 319 10 and TM 9 1005 319 23 amp P a Safety requirements 1 Clear weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 319 10 operator s manual for detailed instruction 2 Wear safety goggles 3 Tool and special tools includes only the standard tool set applicable to the procedure 4 Carry the M16A2 rifle in the port arms position b Disassemble of M16A2 rifle 1 Cl
112. Preventive Maintenance Listing a blank DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet and DA Form 2407 Maintenance Request armor tool kit safety equipment cleaning equipment cleaner lubricant and preservative CLP spare parts and weapons Standards Perform organizational maintenance on small arms weapons in accordance with AR 25 400 2 DA Pamphlet 750 8 TM 9 1005 201 10 TM 9 1005 201 23 amp P TM 9 1005 213 10 TM 9 1005 213 23 amp P TM 9 1010 230 10 TM 9 1010 230 23 amp P TM 9 1005 239 10 TM 9 1005 239 23 amp P TM 9 1005 317 10 TM 9 1005 317 23 amp P TM 9 1005 319 10 TM 9 1005 319 23 amp P and local SOP without losing accountability Performance Steps 1 Prepare DD Form 314 Reference DA Pamphlet 750 8 Chapter 3 paragraph 3 9 a The DD Form 314 is a record of scheduled and performed unit maintenance including lubrication services It also keeps up with non mission capable NMCM NMCS time except for missile system missile subsystem and FAA flight check data of ATC navigational aids b The ULLS G System has an automated preventive maintenance schedule listing AWCMF 452 in lieu of DD Form 314 Submit all serial numbers for the weapons to the maintenance section and post serial numbers to the ULLS G system c DD Form 314 is used to 1 Schedule periodic services on equipment to include components in a system or subsystem when the TM requires preventative maintenance checks and services PMCS to
113. S b Prepare a request for follow up 1 Block 1 Enter AF_ of an AE_ series status card if status has been received Circle block 1 with colored pencil or ink 2 Prepare a follow up document if no status has been received a Remake the supply request from the document register and proper supply publication b Card columns 1 3 Enter AT_ the series document identifier code in accordance with Appendix H Circle the entry with colored pencil or ink 3 Column n Enter the AF_ or AT_ series used and the Julian date of the action from the document register 3 24 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps c Prepare a request for an improved estimated delivery date in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 paragraph 2 28 1 Use a previously received status card for 01 08 requests only 2 Block 1 Enter AFC of the latest status card and circle in colored pencil or ink 3 Column n Enter AFC and the Julian date of the action from the document register d Send the follow up to the SSA SOS e Post transaction to the document register f Disposition instruction in accordance with local SOP 10 Prepare a manual modification request for a previously submitted request References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 30 a Identify modification requirements 1 Verify that you use the modification process only when the change pertains to the entire quantity due in 2 Verify that a modification request
114. S4 United States United States Army Combined Arms Support Command United States Army Catalog Data Activity United States Army Publishing Agency United States Army Quartermaster Center and School United States Army Europe United States Army Sergeants Major Academy Virginia with Glossary 7 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Section Il Terms authenticate To establish or prove that facts or documents are valid true or genuine authority An action that gives official power to a service member basic load Quantity of conventional ammunition that is authorized and required to be on hand within a unit or formation at all times cancellation A way to void a supply request that is no longer needed change document A form used to issue and turn in transactions between the property book officer and hand receipt holder It is also used between the hand receipt holder and subhand receipt holder component hand receipt A list of nonexpendable and durable components of sets kits and outfits that have been issued to an individual for use condition code A one position alphabetical character used to classify materiel ammunition Condition codes identify the degree of serviceability the condition and the completeness of ammunition in terms of readiness for issue and use They also can be used to identify actions under way to change the status of materiel Continuing Balance System Expanded A system that maintains Armywide Reportable Item
115. SC to identify components e Check the serial numbers when items with serial numbers are received NOTE Items such as vehicles materials handling equipment office machines generators controlled cryptographic items and weapons will have serial numbers f Make a visual check of the condition of the items g Notify the PBO when serviceability of an item is questionable h Sign the receipt document after actions a through g above have been completed 2 Conduct an inventory of property issued on a hand sub hand receipt NOTE the receiving person must take the following actions a Check all items to ensure the descriptions on the hand sub hand are correct b Count all items c Verify serial numbers 3 56 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps d Report differences to the person making the issue e Sign the hand sub hand receipt 3 Conduct a change of hand receipt holder inventory NOTE If a hand receipt holder dies or departs the unit without transferring property the Unit Commander Supervisor will appoint a person to act on their behalf so that a joint inventory can be conducted a Schedule a minimum of thirty days to conduct the joint inventory b Check with next higher commander supervisor for any special instructions c Review the hand or sub hand receipts and Annex s d Review the hand receipt to find the type of items to be inventoried Notify the sub hand receipt holders of
116. STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps g File one copy of the inventory document in the unit s supply files h Forward one copy of the inventory document to the Soldier s military personal records i Forward one copy of the inventory document to the summary court officer j Personal effects will be turned over to the appointed summary court officer who will make the disposition of the items 4 Secure enlisted Soldiers clothing and personal effects when Soldier is hospitalized at duty installation Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 15 a Ensure the facility commander by the fastest means and within 24 hours after admission of the enlisted Soldier will advise the unit commander b Secure enlisted persons clothing and personal effects immediately in unit facilities or other secure areas NOTE If the enlisted Soldier does not return within 120 hours the clothing and personal effects will be inventoried according to AR 700 84 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 13 Transferred to an off post hospital When an enlisted Soldier is to be transferred to a hospital away from his or her duty installation the following procedures apply a The personal clothing will accompany the patient to the hospital when possible b The local medical facility commander will by the fastest means advise the unit commander of the transfer c If the enlisted Soldier has not returned to the unit within 72 hours the unit commander will ensure that the enlis
117. STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Soldier s Manual and Trainer s Guide MOS 92Y UNIT SUPPLY SPECIALIST SKILL LEVELS 1 AND 2 ee an eer SS Ps a ONSR DTA WS L3 E ay F SZ gt lr LNN a E x UPPORTING VICTOR April 2008 DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION Approved for public release distribution is unlimited HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY This publication is available at Army Knowledge Online www us army mil and the General Dennis J Reimer Training and Doctrine Digital Library at www train army mil STP 10 92Y12 SM TG SOLDIER TRAINING HEADQUARTERS PUBLICATION DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY No 10 92Y12 SM TG Washington D C 30 April 2008 SOLDIER S MANUAL and TRAINER S GUIDE MOS 92Y Unit Supply Specialist Skill Levels 1 and 2 CONTENTS PAGE AELE O E E E E A T T A shag aasuecuiucethtsnssvacnueunegunanhaagaesaedeansassasncassesedtaavnassoser iv Chapter 1 Introduction r a aa aaraa aa araar aa r a A aa a a aa Eea r ae oS Eda Veke ES ESEA 1 1 Tels Generalnie nnee we Seats aT sade te a ADE A E a AD TA a E 1 1 EA EE Aa E E A EIE E T T ETT 1 1 1 3 Soldiers Responsibilities cee cecececcceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeceeeeeeesceaeaeceeeeeeeeeneaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 1 4 NCO Self Development and the STP cceececeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeseceneaecaeeeeeeeeetseaeees 1 2 1 5 Commander s Responsibilities ccccccceceeeeeeceececeeeeeeececeeaeceeeeeeeseccnaeeeeeeesetennaeaaees
118. Steps 6 Identify Help Support Option 7 Identify EUM Support Option h Click the PBUSE button to display the PBUSE Module Main Menu screen 1 Click Administration to access PBUSE Administrative processes a Alert Messages Assign User Roles d Organizational Data e Budget Functionality f Logistics Planning View Maintain Parameter Tables h Standalone Utility 2 Click Catalog to access PBUSE Catalog processes a Standard b User Created c Catalog Report d Component e Asset Description Update 3 Click Property Book to access PBUSE Property Book processes a Authorizations Administrative Adjustment Report Asset Adjustments Lateral Transfers Serial Number Registration Number Lot Updates Unit Transfer Task Force Split Operations h UIC Change Transactions 4 Click Hand Receipt to access PBUSE Hand Receipt processes a Primary Hand Receipts b Unit Level Hand Receipts c Operational Basic Load d AIT e Unit Level Asset Visibility 5 Click MILSTRIP Order Item to access PBUSE MILSTRIP Order Item processes a Request Modify Cancel Receipt Shipment Status Supply Status Adverse Status Reversal Follow up Request i Cancellation Request Follow up Want List Activity register Report All Activity register Report A0_ c Trans Affecting PB Balance Trans Not Affecting PB Balance 30 April 2008 3 85 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance St
119. TB Glossary 6 sergeant first class skill level Soldier s Manual Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks subject matter expert Senior NCO Course SNCOC senior noncommissioned officer Senior Noncommissioned Officers Course supervised on the job training standing operating procedure specialist squad squadron skill qualification identifier Supply Support Activity special skill identifier Self Service Supply Center Senior Supply Service Sergeants Course Standard Army Management Information System Standard Finance System Soldier Training Publication Theater Army Area Command The Army Authorization Documents System training aids devices simulators and simulations The Army Maintenance Management System Total Army Training System Total Asset Visibility technical bulletin 30 April 2008 TDA TEMP TG TMDE TMO TOC TOE TRADOC TSO Ul UIC ULLS ULLS G ULLS S4 US USACASCOM USACDA USAPA USAQMC amp S USAREUR USASMA VA Ww 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Table of Distribution and Allowance test and evaluation master plan Trainer s Guide technical manual test measurement and diagnostic equipment Transportation Movement Officer Tactical Operations Center table s of organization and equipment Training and Doctrine Command tech supply officer unit of issue unit identification code Unit Level Logistics System Unit Level Logistics System Ground Unit Level Logistics System
120. Time f Click the Apply button to create the document g Click OK on the dialog box 2 Add Lines to an Ammunition Request Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 2 3 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Request to display the Ammunition screen Request AMMO 1 tab Click the TEC LOV to select a Training Event Code Click the Insert Item button to display the Insert Item screen Enter the DODIC Enter the NIIN Enter the Request Qty i Click the Apply button j Click OK on the dialog box 3 Add Remarks to an Ammunition Request Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 2 5 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Request to display the Ammunition screen Request AMMO 1 tab Click the UIC LOV and select a UIC Click the document number LOV and select the document number Click the Remarks button to display the Request Remarks screen Click the Select check box for the Standard Remarks to be included Enter User Created Remarks as desired IONA 9A008 IONA 4 DAA0q0TM 3 102 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps i j Click the Insert button Click the Apply button to add the selected remarks to the request document 4 Print an Ammunition Request Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 2 8 TQ Magoo Nw Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Reques
121. Unit Supply Enhanced Organizational Data in accordance with procedures outlined in AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 View organizational data Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 5 5 1 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Select Administration to display the Administration menu c Click View Maintain Organizational Data to display the Organization Data screen View Maintain Organization VORG 1 tab d Search for a specific UIC using the Find button 1 Click the Find button to display the UIC Search screen 2 Type the desired UIC in the UIC field 3 Click the Go button to display the results e View associated Unit Support information 1 Click the UIC Unit Support Info button to display the UIC Unit Support Info screen 2 Click the underscored DODAAC to view additional information 3 Click the Close or X button to close the window View User Roles 1 Click the ACL Request button to display the User Roles View screen 2 Click X to close the window NOTE When using the Find Button the search results will display all UlICs where the value in the UIC contains the value entered For example if WAXC is entered each UIC s that contains WAXC is displayed The PBUSE will track the most recent UIC search criteria during the logon session and display all applicable UICs on the UIC Search screen Click the desired underscored UIC to display the record When using the Search button a
122. Unit Support Info button to display the UIC Unit Support Info screen 5 Click the Add Modify PBO button to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen Reference Lookup Table tab Property Book Origin Data VMPT 4V displayed 6 Click the Delete checkbox s for the desired UIC 7 Click OK to the message Are you sure you want to delete the selected record s 8 Click OK to the message Record s deleted successfully c Delete DSU SSA data Access the PBUSE Main Menu Select Administration to display the Administration menu Click DODAAC Functions to display the Organization Data screen DODAAC Functions tab 4 Click the Add Modify DSU SSA DODAAC button to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen DSU SSA DODAAC Code Table VMPT 4H displayed Click the Insert button to display the DSU DODAAC Insert screen Type the desired information Mandatory fields are in red Click the Apply button to save information Click OK to the message Record added successfully 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 Se ro wa Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Viewed organizational data 2 Added organizational data 3 Modified organizational data 4 Deleted organizational data 30 April 2008 3 93 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Evaluation Gui
123. Wipe dry with a cloth and apply a light coat of CLP LSA 4 Refer to TM 9 1005 317 10 for detailed cleaning and lubrication instruction Reassemble the M9 pistol 1 Grasp the slide with the bottom facing up With the other hand grasp the barrel assembly with the locking block facing up 2 Insert muzzle of the barrel assembly into the forward open end of the slide At the same time lower the rear of the barrel assembly by aligning the extractor cutout with the extractor The locking block will fall into locked position in the slide 3 Insert recoil spring onto spring guide NOTE OF CAUTION During spring insertion spring tension must be maintained until spring guide is fully seated onto the cutaway on the locking block 4 Insert end of recoil spring and recoil spring guide into slide recoil housing At the same time compress the recoil spring and lower the spring guide until fully seated onto the locking block cutaway NOTE OF CAUTION If the hammer is cocked carefully and manually lower the hammer Do not pull trigger while placing the slide onto the receiver 5 Grasp the slide and barrel assembly sights up and align the slide onto the receiver assembly guide rails 6 Push until the rear of the slide is a short distance beyond the rear of the receiver assembly and hold At the same time rotate the disassembly latch lever upward A click indicates a positive lock ao ma 3 134 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG
124. a possibility of a substitution or if the item is a sensitive item 5 Remake DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 13 a Remake DA Form 3328 when torn mutilated lost or filled 1 Enter the date 2 Enter the balance carried forward 3 Enter the quantity on the old page 4 Use the balance carried forward line if it is available otherwise use any available transaction line 30 April 2008 3 149 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Carry the last recorded balance forward to a new page 6 Enter the same date and the balance from the old page on the new page 7 Make these transactions on the first transaction line b Research all files if the balance cannot be read or if the page is lost 1 Notify the property book office PBO appointing authority to appoint an officer not responsible for the property to conduct the research 2 Instruct the appointed officer to conduct a physical inventory this must be done if the correct balance cannot be determined by research 3 Research all files to determine the balance on hand 4 Post the results to the property book page on the next available line as follows a Enter the date b Enter per inventory c Enter the inventory balance 5 Post the results to a new property book page if necessary 6 Obtain the accountable officer s signature above the entry 7 Notify a U S property and fiscal officer USPFO r
125. ability in accordance with TM 9 1005 239 10 d Perform organizational maintenance as required e Perform cleaning and lubrication 1 Clean with soft cloth and weapons cleaning kits 2 Remove dust lint and dirt from the lens and exterior of the scope using a clean camel hair brush 3 Wipe dry with a soft cloth and apply a light coat of LSAT LSA OR CLP 4 Refer to TM 9 1005 239 10 for detailed cleaning and lubrication instructions f Reassemble the Long Range Sniper Rifle 1 Place bolt and carrier assembly into forward part of lower receiver assembly 2 Pull bolt and carrier assembly rearward and carefully remove rear lock pin from mainspring and mainspring buffer 3 Align front hook of upper receiver assembly with front hook pin on lower receiver assembly 4 With upper receiver assembly in position on lower receiver assembly secure with rear lock pin and midlock pin 5 Insert cartridge magazine into lower receiver assembly g Perform functions check 1 Load ten 50 caliber dummy rounds in magazine 2 3 Retract bolt fully to rear and release to chamber the first round 4 With the weapon on SAFE attempt to fire the weapon The weapon should not fire 5 With the weapon on FIRE attempt to fire the weapon The weapon should fire 6 While holding the trigger to the rear pull the bolt all the way to the rear and release the bolt 7 Release the trigger A click should be heard and the weapon should fire 8
126. agement Supply Policy Below the Wholesale DA Pamphlet 25 30 Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with forms program appropriate technical manuals and supply catalogs Document Registers Due in Status File and authorization documents Standards Manage Hand Receipts Subhand Receipts while maintaining 100 percent property accountability in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 Review hand receipt subhand receipts for accuracy Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraphs 5 3 and 5 4 a Review manual hand receipt procedures 1 Review DA Form 2062 used as a hand receipt subhand receipt a Verify change of primary hand receipt holder inventory was conducted and recorded Verify hand receipt holders are still assigned to unit Verify all authorized equipment is listed on hand receipt Determine if all authorized equipment is on hand or on request Verify that all publication data is recorded in the item description block Verify shortage annexes are on hand for shortages as a result of an inventory Determine if the document number s are recorded on shortage annexes for due ins Verify component hand receipts are being used when required Verify installation and organization property is not issued on the same hand receipt Verify if cha
127. ammunition are clean and dry before being stored 2 Verify that all cases are sealed 3 Position fire extinguishers within the distance prescribed for the type Class V Ammunition Explosives Stored 6 Store paint cylinders and flammable supplies a Prepare to store paint and flammable supplies in a covered storage area designated for Flammable Storage 1 Place the total quantities of each within the storage area 2 Pallets or dunnage will be used to segregate containers in piles 3 Storage arrangement will comply with Table 5 5 DOD Regulation 4145 19 R 1 b Prepare to store compressed gases used for welding 1 Identify cylinders by color code of noun in accordance with MIL STD 101 2 Tag or label all filled cylinders with two stock numbers One for the type gas and one for the cylinder 3 Tag empty cylinder with MT to designate empty c Follow handling procedures for movement of cylinders 1 Move cylinders using a suitable hand truck 2 Move cylinders by tilting and rolling when suitable hand trucks are not available 3 Cylinder will not be lifted by the valve protection cap 4 Cylinder will not be lifted by the cranes or mechanical proper containers racks and cradles 5 Cylinder will not be lifted with rope chain slings or electromagnets 6 Cylinder will not be used as a roller support or for any purpose other than for containing compressed gases d Take precautionary measures to avoid damage or loss
128. an be separated from the receiver Check weapon for serviceability Perform organizational maintenance as required e Perform cleaning and lubrication 1 Use Break Free CLP LSA lubricate weapons 2 Clean with soft cloth and weapon cleaning kit 3 Wipe dry with a cloth and apply a light coat of CLP LSA 4 Refer to TM 9 1005 224 10 for detailed cleaning and lubrication instructions Reassemble the M249 machine gun 1 Place the bipod on the receiver with legs pointed downward 2 Push the gas cylinder through the bipod yoke into the front of the receiver Push the cylinder to the rear while countering the pressure of the locking spring and guiding the end of the cylinder into receiver with the other hand applying downward pressure Position recess in cylinder near spring Turn the cylinder until the spring clicks into the recess at the rear of the gas cylinder Replace all cleaning equipment removed from stowage areas in the hand guard Place the hand guard on the receiver and slide it backward until it stops With the help of a cleaning rod section push the handguard retaining pin to the right Pull downward on the hand guard to check if it is secure and assembled correctly Holding barrel in one hand with muzzle up insert gas regulator into lower end of gas block hole being careful to align notch regulator body with notch in gas block With gas regulator installed and supported on firm surface place the gas collar on the protru
129. ance Steps i Enter in Block 9 a complete and accurate statement of the facts in the case including the date and place of the incident NOTE Attach additional pages as needed 1 Identify all persons directly concerned by name and grade 2 Identify all exhibits by the capital letter assigned 3 Enter an X in the appropriate box identifying whether the property was lost damaged or destroyed j Enter in Block 10 the actions taken to correct circumstances reported in block 9 and prevent future occurrences NOTE Commander s accountable officers and when appropriate the investigating officer enter this information k Enter in block 11 appropriate information for individual completing blocks 1 through 10 NOTE If the responsible officer or reviewing authority completed blocks 1 through 10 leave blocks 11a through 11e blank Otherwise complete as follows 1 Enter in Block 11a the organizational address of the individual who completed blocks 1 and 3 through 10 Unit Designation Office Symbol Base State Country and Zip Code 2 Enter in Block 11b the individuals name that completed blocks 1 and 3 through 10 Last First and Middle Initial 3 Enter in Block 11c the telephone number of the individual identified in block 11b 4 Enter in Block 11d the signature of the individual identified in block 11b NOTE Electronic Digital signatures may be used if DD Form 200 is electronically produced 5 Enter in Block 11e the date bloc
130. and a computer system with forms program and printer Standards Prepare Delegation of Authority documents and forward them to the appropriate SOS without rejection by the accountable officer in accordance with AR 700 84 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 and local SOP Performance Steps 1 Prepare DA Form 1687 for use by the source of supply References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 paragraph 2 32 and Figure 2 14 and AR 25 400 2 paragraph 7 1 and Table 7 1 a Complete DA Form 1687 for correct SOS 1 Enter calendar date the form is prepared 2 Enter name of the unit and if prepared by a hand or subhand receipt holder to delegate authority to request or receipt for supplies the hand receipt number or name of the section involved 3 Enter location of installation 4 Enter names of authorized representatives When more than four persons are to be delegated and a follow on card is deemed necessary enter the statement Continuation to DA Form 1687 dated in the remarks block of the follow on card 5 Enter Not Used on the next available line when all lines are not used 6 Enter YES in this block for each person authorized to request supplies Otherwise enter NO REC Enter YES in this block for each person authorized to receipt for supplies Otherwise enter NO REC Enter YES in this block for each person authorized to receipt for supplies Otherwise enter NO 7 Enter signature and initials of authorized representatives 8 Enter
131. anied Access Roster memorandum 1 Verify that individuals to be listed on the Unaccompanied Access Roster have a security screen 2 Complete the memorandum a Enter Soldier s name and rank b Enter signature block of designated official for signature 3 Make distribution of Unaccompanied Access Roster a Maintain Unaccompanied Access Roster within the unit agency or organization b Post the names and duty positions of these persons inside the arms room c Protect Unaccompanied Access Roster from public view d Maintain a copy with the unit Charge of Quarter CQ e File completed copies of Unaccompanied Access Roster in unit supply files b Prepare DA Form 5513 1 Fill in Key Control Register and Inventory header section a Enter unit or activity name b Enter date for the period From and To 2 Enter key control number s and prepare another DA Form 5513 and continue with the number sequence if you have more than 40 keys 3 Fill out Issue and Turn In Section a Enter key number for the keys to be issued 1 40 b Enter issued date and time c Print name and enter signature of the person issuing the keys d Print name and enter signature of the person receiving the keys as issued e Enter date and time keys are turned in f Print name and enter signature of person receiving the keys 4 File completed DA Form 5513 in unit supply files c Perform Semiannual Inventory 1 Fill out Joint Semiannual I
132. ank 9 Column a Leave stock number blank 10 Column b Enter the item description NOTE When a specific quantity of materials is being stored in the arms room in locally banded and sealed containers record these items on the DA Form 2062 as Container protected by seal XXXXX which contains XXXXX rounds of XXXXX ammunition A separate entry will be made for each container in the item description block of the DA Form 2062 with the quantity listed as 1 See Figure 9 4 for an example of this posting 11 Column c Leave blank 12 Column d Leave SEC blank 13 Column e Leave UI blank 14 Column f Leave qty auth blank 15 Column g Enter the quantity inventoried in the first column that is blank a Enter current date signature and rank of the person performing the inventory in the same inventory quantity column NOTE Line out all unused blocks 16 Enter page number and total number of pages c Return custody of the arms storage facility to the armorer 1 Obtain a copy of DA Form 2062 that was given to the custodian for the inventory 2 Conduct a joint physical inventory of all weapons and ammunition listed on DA Form 2062 3 Keep completely filled forms until next serial number inventory is completed 13 14 15 3 128 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 10 Maintain Key Control References AR 190 11 Chapter 3 paragraph 3 8 AR 25 50 Chapter 2 paragraphs 2 3 and 2 4 a Prepare Unaccomp
133. any damaged items for a replacement at this time c Ensure the correct quantities for partial issues are annotated in the Due in Block d Inform the laundry plant clerk of any difference in quantities e Ensure the difference in quantities is corrected before signing the DA Form 1974 f Obtain the laundry plant clerk signature on all copies of DA Form 1974 in the Shipper Block after all items turned in have been received 3 122 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps g Sign all copies of DA Form 1974 in the Picked Up By Block h Obtain the unit copy of the completed DA Form 1974 for unit records 6 Replenish the organizational laundry in the unit supply room SME NOTE Restock for the next linen organizational laundry exchange 7 File completed copy of DA Form 1974 in the unit s laundry file Reference AR 25 400 2 a Place the unit s completed copy of DA Form 1974 in the organizational laundry files FN 210 130a b Destroy unit s copy after one year in accordance with AR 24 400 2 Appendix B Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Determined items authorized for organizational laundry Separated organizational laundry for turn in Prepared DA Form 1974 laundry list for turn in Received organizational laundry without lo
134. are due to expire shortly 5 Within 5 days prior to expiration take the following action a Notify the hand receipt holder and arrange for return of the property not later than the expiration date b Destroy all copies of the hand receipts when the property is returned c Issue property if still needed after 30 days use regular hand receipt procedures DA Form 2062 7 Issue unassigned weapons using DA Form 2062 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 3 a Prepare DA Form 2062 hand receipt procedures when issuing weapons for other than when individually assigned weapons are being issued NOTE Hand receipt procedures should be used when item is required for more than 30 days Control log entries are also required b Prepare DA Form 2062 in two copies 1 Block 1 Line out the words annex number 2 3 Block 3 Enter name of organization unit section or squad receiving the issue 4 Block 4 Enter hand receipt number 5 Column a Enter stock number and line item number LIN for each item issued 6 Column b Enter a description of the item a Enter make or model b Enter serial numbers when recorded on the property book or sub hand receipt NOTE When multiple weapons are issued on the same DA Form 2062 line out serial numbers when the item is turned in 7 Column d Enter the control inventory item code CIIC for each time issued This code is in FEDLOG 8 Column e Enter the unit of issue
135. ared an Office Records List ORL Prepared file folder labels using the ARIMS file labeling format Filed records in file cabinet using file folders Established and maintained suspense files for records or correspondence requiring action by specific dates Disposed of files Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 25 400 2 AR 710 2 AR 380 5 DA PAM 710 2 1 DA PAM 25 51 DA PAM 750 8 LOCAL SOP 3 12 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Prepare Delegation of Authority Documents 101 92Y 1014 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment under the supervision of the unit supply sergeant Given a blank DA Form 1687 Notice of Delegation of Authority Receipt for Supplies or DA Form 7000 Delegation of Authority Army Military Clothing Sales Store AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS AR 700 84 Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures forms program names of individuals selected to request receive and turn in supplies equipment and military clothing from the source of supply SOS local standard operating procedures SOP
136. ates or containers are banded locked or sealed in a way that will prevent weapon removal without leaving visible signs of tampering 3 Lock all weapons and storage containers with approved secondary padlocks In facilities that are not manned 24 hours a day rifle racks and containers weighing less than 500 pounds will be fastened to the structure with bolts or with chains equipped with secondary padlocks NOTE Bolts used to secure racks will be spot welded brazed or penned to prevent easy removal Chains used to secure racks and containers will be heavy duty hardened steel welded straight links steel galvanized of at least 5 16 inch thickness or of equivalent resistance to force required to cut or break a secondary padlock c Post restricted area signs 1 Place signs at each entrance or approach to the area and on perimeter fence or boundaries of the area 2 Verify that the sign is marked with the words RESTRICTED AREA and includes the warning notice 3 124 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Ensure that in areas in which English is but one of two or more languages commonly spoken warning signs will contain the local languages in addition to English 4 Place restricted area sign at eye level 2 Create a Master Authorization List MAL Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 6d a Obtain unit personnel roster from the servicing personnel section b Create the MAL by separating se
137. ational or basic load item Deleted an operational or basic load item Ordered an operational or basic load item Viewed operational or basic load demand history oN O o A W N Printed an operational or basic load list Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM LOCAL SOP AR 710 2 DA FORM 2062 DA FORM 3318 DA PAM 710 2 1 3 82 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Perform Unit Logistics System Set Up 101 92Y 1120 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to perform unit logistics system set up Given the AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM appropriate commercial of the shelf hardware owner s manuals PBUSE system hardware access to the PBUSE network database server Continuity of Operation Procedures COOP and local standard operating procedures SOPs Standards Perform Unit Logistics System Set Up without error in accordance with the AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 Identify system hardware components Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 2 2 1 and 3 1 1 NOTE PBUSE operations can be performed on either a Desktop configuration or a Laptop configuration a
138. ations or tips relating to task performance 1 3 Soldier s Responsibilities Each Soldier is responsible for performing individual tasks identified by the first line supervisor based on the units mission essential task list METL Soldiers must perform tasks to the standards included in the task summary If Soldiers have questions about tasks or which tasks in this manual they must perform they are responsible for asking their first line supervisor for Clarification First line supervisors know how to perform each task or can direct Soldiers to appropriate training materials including current field manuals technical manuals and Army regulations Soldiers are responsible for using these materials to maintain performance They are also responsible for maintaining performance of all common tasks listed in the SMCTs at their current SL and below Periodically Soldiers should ask their supervisor or another Soldier to check their performance to ensure that they can perform the tasks 1 4 NCO Self Development and the STP Self development is a key component of leader development Leaders follow planned progressive sequential self development programs developed by the individual NCO and his or her first line supervisor to enhance and sustain military competencies Self development consists of individual study research professional reading practice and self assessment The self development concept requires all NCO as Army professionals to take re
139. authority or by DA directive Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 13 paragraph 13 3a 8 3 Prepare a DD Form 200 when the loss was discovered through inventory on a change of accountable officer and when individual does not make voluntary reimbursement to the government Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 13 paragraph 13 3a 2 4 Prepare a DD Form 200 for household furnishings and damage of Government family housing units when amount is more than one month s pay in accordance with AR 735 5 Chapter 13 paragraph 13 3a 4 5 Prepare a DD Form 200 for item when person admits liability but the amount is more than one month s pay 6 Prepare a DD Form 200 for item when negligence is suspected but person does not admit liability and when the person refuses to sign DD Form 362 Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 12 Table 12 2 7 Prepare a DD Form 200 when bulk petroleum loss exceeds allowable loss and is over 500 Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 13 paragraph 13 3a 5 3 Determine method of obtaining relief from responsibility for damaged lost or destroyed items under special situations Reference AR 735 5 Table 12 2 AR 710 2 paragraph 2 37i and AR 700 84 paragraph 5 4 a Process a relief document for bulk petroleum item when loss exceeds allowable loss and is less than 500 Reference AR 710 2 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 37 1 Perform causative research 2 File a copy of the report with the Monthly Bulk Petroleum Accounting Summary Report as
140. be performed by unit maintenance personnel 2 Schedule the following services performed under the supervision of unit maintenance personnel a Schedule all non operator services one service in advance b Check the DD Form 314 or the AWCMF 452 listing to verify that annual direct support DS safety and serviceability inspection and gauging has been done Schedule the next gauging and inspection If annual gauging has not been performed within the last year the weapons are not fully mission capable Notify support maintenance for appointment c Record in the remarks block date time miles and hours due for a scheduled service that falls in the following year d Schedule services on the next working day when weekends and holidays are marked out e Use the following symbols to show the type of service scheduled 1 T any test 2 I any inspection 3 L lubrication 4 R recoil exercise 5 W weekly service 6 M monthly 1 month service 7 Q quarterly 3 months service 8 S semiannual 6 months service 9 A annual 1 Year 12 months service 10 E 18 months service 11 B biennial 2 years service 12 F quadrennial 4 years service 13 H tire rotation inspection 14 Z oil sampling 30 April 2008 3 131 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps d Disposition of DD Form 314 is as follows 1 Use DD Form 314 for one year for equipment reported under AR 700 138 It can be used for two year
141. ber and any suspension notices for ammunition b Enter the quantity by lot number and inspection test date for Class basic load c Enter the lot number and the quantity on hand of each lot for protective masks d Enter the reason why the item is still retained on hand for deleted inactive obsolete or terminal national stock number NSN or LIN d Post entries to serial registration number record DA Form 3328 1 1 Serial Registration Number column Enter the serial registration number in ink or by typewriter when required 2 List serial registration numbers for items with a U S Army registration number 3 List serial registration numbers for items with a controlled inventory item code CIIC other than U or blank that have serial numbers 4 List serial registration numbers for items determined by the property book office PBO to be pilferable 5 List serial registration numbers for general purpose automation equipment 6 List serial registration numbers for expendable controlled cryptographic items CCl that require serial number tracking authorized by Modification Table of Organization Equipment MTOE 7 Location column Enter the hand receipt number pencil entry to which the item is issued e File all documents that support entries to the property book in the supporting document file 1 File the documents in document number sequence 2 Label these files according to in accordance with AR 25 400 2 3 Ente
142. bject Area 7 Absentee Property Accountability Procedures 101 92Y 2201 Account for Absentee s Clothing Equipment and Personal Effects 101 92Y 2202 Determine Disposition of Absentee s Clothing Equipment and Personal Effects Subject Area 8 Relief from Property Responsibility Procedures 101 92Y 2003 Obtain Relief From Responsibility for Property 2 4 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Chapter 3 MOS Skill Level Tasks Skill Level 1 Subject Area 1 Basic Supply Account for Property 101 92Y 1011 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to account for unit property Given the units current authorization documents to include CTA 50 900 CTA 50 909 Modified Table of Organization and Equipment MTOE Tables of Distribution and Allowance TDA and Joint Table of Allowances JTA Standards Account for 100 percent of unit property Performance Steps 1 Account for Class property References DA Pamphlet 30 22 Chapter 4 paragraphs 4 6 through 4 12 a Identify Class property 1 Operational Loads 2 Basic Loads b Account for Operational and Basic Loads 1 Receipt of Operational and Basic Loads 2 Storage of Operational and Basic Loads 3 Issue Operational and Basic Loads 4 Turn in Operational and Basic Loads c Account for lost damaged destroyed and inspected Class property 2 Account for Class II property References
143. ble b Store Class IIIP petroleum products 1 Store the maximum quantity of products in limited space while maintaining fire control and providing ease and safety in handling 2 Store cans using the pyramidal or vertical stacking methods 3 Stack cans on wooden pallets at unit and organizational level using one or both methods pyramidal or vertical 4 Verify that no containers are leaking 5 Store container with date of pack clearly in view c Take precautionary measures to avoid loss or damage to supplies or environment 1 Verify that package fuel does not drain into rivers or sewage systems 2 Verify uncased containers exteriors are free of grease and oil before being placed in storage 3 Inspect stacks periodically for evidence of leakage abnormal swelling or corrosion of containers for stability of stacks and to verify that product markings are legible 4 Place a fire extinguisher in the storage area 4 Store Class IV expendable supplies a Prepare to store supplies 1 Store Class IV expendables in a covered storage area whenever possible 2 Verify that the area is clean and dry 3 Verify that the area is well ventilated 4 Obtain dunnage and place in storage area if needed 5 Store in an easily accessible location b Take precautionary measures to avoid loss or damage to supplies 1 Inspect periodically to prevent waste pilferage or loss due to dry rot or mildew 2 Rotate stocks when appropriate 3
144. ble items with CIF local SOP 5 Enter additional items in column 1 a Enter authorized additional items from CTA 50 900 Table 4 and CTA 50 970 Table 1 b Verify authorized additional items with CIF local SOP 6 Enter quantity being issued by CIF in column 2 3 114 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 7 Place a line through all unused blocks in columns containing record quantities 8 Enter signature and date in column 1 and column 2 on reverse side of form NOTE CIF will use computer prepared listing when automated See DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 10 for instructions on preparing DA Form 3645 1 When receiving partial issue or turn in enter new quantities in the next column Additional OCIE items are authorized according to unit mission 3 Maintain PBUSE Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment records Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 15 a Add OCIE personnel records 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Click OCIE 3 Click Personnel to display the OCIE Maintenance screen Personnel tab 4 Click the Find UIC button to and select a UIC 5 Click the Insert button to display the OCIE Holder screen 6 Enter the information as necessary a UIC The selected UIC is displayed b Status Optional entry c SSN Mandatory entry d First Name Mandatory entry e Middle Initial Optional entry f Last Name Mandatory entry g Rank Optional entry _ na
145. block 6 NOTE Group publications or forms into categories such as Army Regulations DA Pamphlets Field Manuals DA Forms DD Forms and so on List the items in numerical sequence within each category Use a separate line for each item in block 7 Use DA Form 17 1 as a continuation sheet when required 7 Enter the unit requirements in block 7 a List line item number starting with 1 in sequence regardless of category in column a b Enter numerical designation or title if unnumbered of the item in column b c Enter the unit of issue for forms only in column c d Enter the quantity requested in column d 8 Type the name and grade of the commanding officer adjutant publication or property officer and obtain signature in block 8 9 Leave blank blocks number 9 17 4 Forward DA Form 17 and DA Form 17 1 to the unit publication clerk References DA Pamphlet 25 30 website DA Pamphlet 25 33 Chapter 3 paragraph 3 10 and the unit internal SOP 5 File unit copies of DA Form 17 and DA Form 17 1 in the unit s Publication Management file References AR 25 400 2 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 1 and website http www rmda belvoir army mil markstit htm a Select unit file folder numbered 25 30hh Publications and Forms Requisitions b Place all approved or revised DA Form 17 and DA Form 17 1 forms into the unit publication management file folder c Remove and destroy outdated forms d Return the file folder to
146. category box l Block 12 Enter an X in the appropriate type of transaction box m Block 13 Enter date and initials of person performing inventory n Block 14 Enter unit phone number o Block 15 Enter the date inventory posted and initials of personnel doing posting p Block 16 Enter AR 700 84 and appropriate paragraph and or other applicable references q Block 17 Enter name and signature of unit commander or his her commissioned or warrant officer representative Block 18 Enter date approved by unit commander Block 19 1 REQ Column Enter quantity required 2 ISS Column Leave blank the issue column will be used by AMCSS Block 20 Identifies articles required for male female no action required Block 21 Enter required size for each article Block 22 Leave blank To be completed by AMCSS Block 23 Leave blank To be completed by AMCSS nas Secun 3 112 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps xX y Z aa ab ac ad Block 24 Enter quantity of required item AMCSS will complete the issue column 1 REQ Column Enter quantity required for male female 2 ISS Column Leave blank AMCSS will complete the issue column Block 25 Identifies articles for male issue only no action required Block 26 Enter sizes required for each article Block 27 Leave blank AMCSS will complete this block Block 28 Leave blank AMCSS will complete this bloc
147. ce AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 3 2 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Ammo c Click Receipt to display the Ammunition screen Receipt AMMO 2 tab d Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC 3 xQ Laan oD s Q 909QAQ0Q00fM IA 09aAQ00 Ow 3 104 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps e Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number f Click the Insert Item button to display the Insert Item screen g Enter the required data NOTE If the item received has multiple lot or serial numbers the Insert Item screen remains open until all items are received or the Close button is clicked h Click the Apply button 12 Open a Post Post Ammunition Request Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 3 8 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Receipt to display the Ammunition screen Receipt AMMO 2 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Insert button Click the Post Post check box Enter the document number in Doc No field Click the Ammo Type LOV to chose the ammo type If the Ammo Type chosen is C combat 1 Enter the Pickup UIC 2 Select the Pickup Date from the calendar 3 Enter the Pickup Time 4 Enter the Received Rejected Date if different than the current date j If the Ammo Type chosen is T training 1 Enter the FY 2 Select the Training Dates From and To from the calendar 3 Enter the Pickup UIC 4 Select the Pickup
148. ceived property from the SOS 2 Received Class V ammunition from the ASP 3 Processed receipt documents 4 Processed receipts using PBUSE Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM DA FORM 581 AR 25 400 2 DD FORM 250 AR 710 2 DD FORM 626 DA FORM 2064 DD FORM 836 DA PAM 710 2 1 DD FORM 1155 DD FORM 1348 1A LOCAL SOP 30 April 2008 3 37 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Issue Property 101 92Y 1019 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to issue property Given property for issue DA Form 1687 Delegation of Authority blank DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn In AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS a Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with a forms program and the unit s standing operating procedures SOPs Standards Issue property manual or automated while maintaining 100 percent property accountability in accordance with AR 710 2 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM File change documents in accordance with
149. chine Gun MK 19 40 MM MK19 MOD 3 with Sight Bracket 1010 01 490 9697 30 November 2005 Storage and Handling of Hazardous Materials DLAM 4145 11 NAVSUP PUB 573 AFR 69 9 MCO 4450 12 13 January 1999 Functional Users Manual for Division Logistics System DLOGS Standard Army Intermediate AB Level CODES 1 September 1972 References 5 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Related Publications Related publications are sources of additional information They are not required in order to understand this publication Army Regulations AR 25 30 AR 500 3 AR 700 138 Department of Defense Forms The Army Publishing Program 27 March 2006 U S Army Continuity of Operations COOP Program Policy and Planning 18 April 2008 Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability 26 February 2004 DD forms are available from the OSD website at http www dtic mil whs directives infomgt forms formsprogram htm DD FORM 250 DD FORM 626 DD FORM 836 DD FORM 1155 Other Product Types DP0540 UNIT SOP References 6 Materiel Inspection and Receiving Report Motor Vehicle Inspection Transporting Hazardous Materials Dangerous Goods Shipping Paper Declaration and Emergency Response Information for Hazardous Materials Transported by Government Vehicles Order for Supplies or Services Continuity of Operations Plan COOP Unit Unit s Standing Operating Procedure SOP 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Helpful Logistics Web pages http www quart
150. ck Enter X 2 Turn in block Leave blank 3 Document Number Enter unit document number from the expendable register The unit document number consists of the DODAAC Julian Date and serial number 4 For local Use 5 Pages Enter total number of DA Form 581 and DA Form 5811 R Certificate Lost or Damaged Class 5 Ammunitions Items with this document number 6 N A 7 Send To Enter the name and address of the supporting ASP 8 Request From Enter name address and UIC of using unit 9 Date Material Required Enter appointment date and time at ASP 10 Priority Leave Blank 11 Allocation Period Enter the Allocation Period as indicated on the using units forecast 12 DODAAC Enter the using units DODAAC 13 a Requested By Enter name of authorized requester as indicated by using units DA Form 1687 Notice of Delegation of Authority Receipt for Supplies b Date Enter the Julian Date requested c Signature Enter signature of authorized requester as indicated on using units DA Form 1687 14 a Approved By Enter the name of the authorized approving authority b Date Enter Julian date request approved c Signature Enter signature of authorized approving authority Item Enter item number DODIC Enter Department of Defense Identification Code DODIC NSN Enter National Stock Number Nomenclature Enter nomenclature Enter the words last item after the last entry Ul Enter unit of issu
151. ck E Enter the document number b Block F Enter the quantity requested c Block G Enter the quantity owed out 15 Prepare DA Form 2062 for durable items as follows a From Block Enter section or squad To Block Enter the unit name Hand Receipt Number Block Enter a locally designed number Block A Enter the stock number and line number Block B Enter the description Block D Enter the CIIC Block E Enter the unit of issue Block F Enter the quantity authorized Block A through F Enter quantity on hand b c d e g h ee a a n f i 3 Add an Operational or Basic Load Item Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 4 2 a b From the PBUSE Module Main Menu click Hand Receipt and click Operational Basic Load to display the Operational Basic Load OBL 1 screen Select either Operational or Basic for the Load type NOTE The selected load type must be either Operational or Basic All cannot be used C d e 3 80 Click the Insert button to display the Add Operational Basic Load OBL 2 screen Enter the NSN Click View to display the NSN s details 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps f Enter data in the remaining fields as desired NOTE The authorized quantity field will not appear when Operational Load List is selected g Click the Apply button h Click the OK button on the confirmation box 4 Modify the data for an operational or basic
152. corded on the property book 6 Create a Lateral Transfer document utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 5 1 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Property Book c Click Lateral Transfer to display the Lateral Transfer screen Material Items Tab d Click the Find button to display the UIC search screen Click the UIC to select the unit f Enter the Gaining UIC in The Gaining UIC Field NOTE The upper portion of the screen displays the items available for transfer g Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list h Click the LIN to select the transfer item NOTE If the NSN is serial registration or lot numbered the Select Detail Items screen is displayed i Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list j Click the Select Checkbox adjacent to the serial number k Click the Apply button to add the item To ensure selections are saved click the Apply button before clicking the First Prev Next or last buttons Locate a specific item in the current list 1 Click the search button to display the search screen 2 Enter the search values and click the Search button 3 Click the close button to return to the Material Items tab NOTE If the LIN selected has an SRRC of N the item is automatically added to the selection list Click the OK button on the dialog box The items selected for transfer are displayed on the lower portion of the Mate
153. ction status is received for total quantity requested enter the status code and the Julian date of the cancellation or rejection verification see paragraph 2 25 3 Enter CXL and Julian date when request documents are cancelled prior to forwarding to the SSA and when documents other than request for issue are cancelled when the survey officer for damaged property initials the release document 4 Enter Julian date for adjustment documents that are posted to the property records Enter the Julian date n Column n 1 When cancellation rejection status is received for part of the quantity requested enter partial quantity received in column J A permanent entry is required when action is completed Enter status code quantity cancelled and the Julian date of the cancellation rejection verification 2 When AF1 or AT_ follow up is submitted DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 erase proper entry in column 1 Enter AF1 or appropriate AT_ DIC and Julian date pencil entry 3 When AFC follow up is submitted DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 enter AFC and Julian date pencil entry 4 When request for transportation status is submitted DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 paragraph 2 23 erase entry in column 1 Enter TM1 and Julian date pencil entry 5 When request modifier is submitted DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 update entries for which modification is requested Enter AM1 and Julian date pencil entry 6 When request for cancellation for total due in quantity is submitted
154. ctions by the type of weapons c The MAL is locally produced and must contain the following information 1 Butt number assigned to the weapons 2 Weapons serial numbers 3 Unit to which the individual is assigned 4 Name of the individual who will receive the assigned weapon 5 Rank of the individual who will receive the assigned weapon 6 Special information in the Remarks block a Weapon in DSU maintenance b Weapon on temporary hand receipt c Weapon unassigned d Assign weapons in accordance with the unit s MTOE and by duty position of each individual in the unit e Retain a copy of the MAL in the arms room f Keep MAL updated by showing personnel and weapons changes in the unit 3 Prepare DA Form 3749 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 6 and Figure 5 5 a Prepare instruction by block number and title 1 Block 1 Enter name of the unit 2 Block 2 Enter a locally designed number butt number on weapon 3 Block 3 Enter stock number of the item being described 4 Block 4 Enter serial number of the item when recorded on the property book hand or sub hand receipt 5 Block 5 Enter the nomenclature of the item 6 Block 6 Enter the words arms room 7 Block 7 Enter name of person who will receive the equipment 8 Block 8 Enter SSN of person who will receive the equipment 9 Block 9 Obtain the signature of the person receiving the equipment NOTE The individual should r
155. cument for any item when a person admits liability and the amount exceeds one month basic pay Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 13 paragraph 13 3 a 3 Prepare and process a Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss for the damaged property Process a relief document for any item when a person does not admit liability or negligence in accordance with AR 735 5 Chapter 13 paragraph 13 3a 1 Prepare and process a Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss for the damaged property 30 April 2008 3 167 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 2 Determine method of relief from responsibility for lost or destroyed property Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 1 c 5 Table 12 2 and AR 15 6 Chapters 3 through 5 and AR 190 11 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 9 a Process a relief document for any item except controlled items when person admits liability and the amount is less the one month s basic pay Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 12 Table 12 2 Prepare a statement of charges cash collection voucher b Process a relief document for any lost or destroyed item that requires a Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss or AR 15 6 investigation are as follows Reference AR 15 6 Chapters 3 through 5 1 Prepare DD Form 200 for sensitive items when an investigation is required under AR 15 6 for those items so designated Reference AR 190 11 Appendix E 2 Prepare a DD Form 200 when directed by higher
156. d 12 Block 12f Enter the proper issue code Codes are shown on the form 3 Process import hand receipt files from the Property Book Office to the commander s hand receipt using PBUSE References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 3 1 Access the PBUSE Main menu Click Hand Receipt Click Unit level hand receipts to display the Sub Hand Receipt Process screen Click Material Items to display material items tab Click the UIC find button to display the UIC search screen f Click the UIC find button to select the unit NOTE If no UICs appear enter a complete UIC and then click the GO button or enter a partial UIC click the go button and then click the desired UIC g Click the SIC LOV to select the Support Indicator Code a0 00 O 3 38 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps h Click the import button NOTE When the Sub Hand Receipt Import screen appears a Enter the PATH of the ALVO9PDP for example a pdp new i Click the Submit button to import the file 4 Issue selected property from the commanders hand receipt to the gaining sub hand receipt holder References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 2 1 a Access the PBUSE main menu b Click Hand Receipt c Click unit level hand receipts to display the Sub Hand Receipt process screen d Click reassign equipment tab to display reassign equipment tab NOTE The upper portion of the screen displays the equipment by LIN on the losing
157. d Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 710 2 DA PAM 710 2 1 3 156 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Maintain Authorizations 101 92Y 2103 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a file or garrison environment and given the requirement to maintain authorizations Given AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level AR 725 50 Requisitioning Receipt and Issue System current LOGSA Authorization downloads and Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with forms program and local standard operating procedure SOP Standards Maintain authorizations in accordance with AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 710 2 and AR 725 5 while maintaining higher headquarters authorization levels Performance Steps 1 View Authorizations utilizing PBUSE Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 NOTE This function will only allow you to view non LOGTAADS property book authorizations a Access the PBUSE MAIN menu b Click property Book c Click View Update Authorization to display the Authorizations screen View Update Authorization tab d Click the find button to display the UIC Search screen e Click the UIC to select the unit NOTE If no UICs appear enter a complete UIC and click the GO button or enter a partial UIC click the GO button and then click the desired UIC f Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list 2 Print Authorization listing utilizing PBUSE Referenc
158. d UIC NOTE If no UIC s appear enter a complete UIC and click the Go button or enter a partial UIC click the go button and then click the desired UIC f Click the Adjustment Action LOV and select the Adjustment Action NOTE The LINs displayed will vary depending upon the Adjustment Action Selected The Upper portion of the screen displays the items available for the type of Administrative Adjustment selected g Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list vango 30 April 2008 3 75 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps h Click the LIN from the list to select an item NOTE If the item is Serial Registration Lot numbered the Select Detail Items screen is displayed It shows the specific identifying number information for the LIN i Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list j Click the Select box k Click the Apply button to add the item To ensure selections are saved click the apply button before clicking the First Prev Next or last buttons NOTE The selected items are displayed on the lower portion of the Material Item tab After selecting all of the desired items for adjustment click the Apply button to assign a document number m Click the OK button to close the dialog box NOTE The document is now available for viewing on the Administrative Change Tab n Click the Administrative Change Tab to display the Administrative Change screen o Click the Find button to display
159. d containers d File the completed weapons ammunition control log unit supply files NOTE Keep the weapons ammunition control log in the unit active file until the next monthly quarterly for USAR and ARNG inventory by serial number is performed e Destroy the weapons ammunition control log after the next inventory by serial number of weapons performed 9 Conduct change of custody of arms room storage facility References DA Pamphlet 710 2 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 12 and DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 9 paragraph 9 11 and Figure 9 4 a Inventory the weapons and ammunition when responsibility for custody of the arms room storage facility keys is transferred between authorized personnel 1 Conduct a physical count of weapons and ammunition in the arms room by both incoming and outgoing custodians NOTE In consolidated arms room storage facility wnere access to weapons and ammunition is restricted due to physical layout both persons will verify that a physical counts has been made by each person that had access to the weapons and ammunition 2 Record the physical inventory quantity on DA Form 2062 b Prepare DA Form 2062 1 Enter the word commander and unit in the FROM block 2 Enter name of arms room custodian in the TO block 3 Leave hand receipt number blank 4 Leave end item stock number blank 5 Leave end item description blank 6 Leave publication number blank 7 Leave publication date blank 8 Leave quantity bl
160. d receipt in accordance with local SOP 3 42 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Prepare a DA Form 2062 as a Component Hand Receipt of an End Item Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 2 and Figure 6 3 a Enter the required data NOTE Make all entries except signatures in ink or by utilizing Form Flow Signatures will be handwritten in black ink 1 Hand Receipt Annex Number block Line out Annex Number 2 From block Enter the name of the organization unit or section issuing the property 3 To block Enter the name and rank of the person receiving the property 4 Hand Receipt Number block Enter a locally designed number which identifies the hand receipt holder of the property End Item Stock Number block Enter the stock number of the End Item End Item Description block Enter the description of the End Item Publication Number block Enter the description of the publication Publication Date block Enter the date of the publication listed in the Publication Date block 9 Quantity block Enter the number of the listing when the hand receipt is used as a component hand receipt a Column a Enter the stock number of the end item followed by stock numbers of component of end item COEI BII and additional authorization list AAL items b Column b Enter a description of each component of the end item c Column c Enter the accounting requirement code ARC for each item
161. dance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 710 2 DA PAM 710 2 1 LOCAL SOP 3 94 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Perform Catalog Maintenance 101 92Y 1123 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to Perform Unit Level Catalog Maintenance on a Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System Given a computer with access to the PBUSE System database pertinent data AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Standards Performed Unit Level Catalog Processes in accordance with procedures outlined in AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 View standard catalog Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 2 a Access the PBUSE Module Main menu screen 1 Click Catalog from the PBUSE Module Main menu screen b Click standard from the Catalog menu to display the Standard Catalog screen with FEDLOG Query tab for the property book level or the Unit Level NOTE Catalog code definitions are contained in DA Pamphlet 708 2 2 Access FEDLOG Query Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 2 1 a View the FEDLOG 1 Click the INS or UIC LOV and click the desired installation
162. date Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced Component Data in accordance with procedures outlined in AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 View LOGSA Master Component Listing Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 1 1 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu b Click Catalog c Click Component to display the Component Data screen with the Master Component Listing Tab LOGSA tab defaulted d To view the Listing 1 Click the Sorted By LOV and select the desired sort sequence 2 Click the Next Prev First or last button to page through the listing 3 Click the desired LIN to display the associated Component NSN information 4 Click the desired underscored END ITEM NSN to display the LOGSA Subcomponent Data screen e To print the Report 1 Click the Print button and Open the file using Microsoft Excel 2 Click File located on the toolbar to display the File Menu 3 Click Print and select the desired printing options 4 Click OK to print the listing 5 Click Close to exit from Microsoft Excel 2 View User Created Component Listings Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 1 2 a Access the PBUSE Module Main menu b Click Catalog c Click Component to display the Component data screen with the Master Component Listing Tab LOGSA tab defaulted then click the user Created Tab d To view the Listing 1 Click the UIC LOV and click the desired UIC NOTE Or click the Find button
163. dentification may be used as continuation sheets After last item when depreciation is allowed enter Depreciation allowed per AR 735 5 Appendix B 10 Column c Enter total number of each item lost damaged or destroyed 11 Column d Enter unit cost less depreciation when authorized by AR 735 5 Appendix B for items lost or destroyed Place an after the unit cost for those items depreciated For items damaged enter cost of repair Depreciation is not allowed for damaged items 12 Column e Enter value of unit cost multiplied by quantity for each item on the document 13 Block 8 NOTE The individual must make a decision on how he or she is going to pay for the lost or damage of government property either through payroll deduction or with cash 14 Block 8a The commander will place an X in Payroll Deduction Block based on the desire of the individual being charged 15 Block 8b The commander will place an X in Cash Collection Block based on the desire of the individual being charged 16 Block 8c Enter total from column labeled Total Cost Include any costs from continuation sheets if applicable Block 9 Certification of Responsible Individual 17 Block 9 Certification of Responsible Individual NOTE The statement in block 9a b and c applies to and must be read by the individual who signs block 9h 18 Block 9d Enter rank of the individual being charged If individual is a civ
164. der STATUS record in pencil the date in the GO block if the Soldier demonstrated task proficiency to Soldier s manual standards Keep this information current by always recording the most recent date on which the Soldier demonstrated task proficiency e Record the date in the NO GO block if the Soldier failed to demonstrate task proficiency to Soldier s manual standards Soldiers who failed to perform the task should be retrained and reevaluated until they can meet the standards When that occurs enter the date in the appropriate GO block and erase the previous entry from the NO GO block After the Evaluation e Read down each column GO NO GO to determine the training status of that individual This will give you a quick indication on which tasks a Soldier needs training e Read across the rows for each task to determine the training status of all Soldiers You can readily see on which tasks to focus training Line through the training status column of any Soldier who departs from the unit 30 April 2008 B 1 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG OO LA Gdv 313 10S90 Suv SNOILIOS SNOIASd so0z TNF Y S9LS Wuos va A s at he ee eat E PE Emme y VERY DOR TONETO Lra zy Pype 097 BCE IE aria P PD COO BE Le n7 FEIET JEVEO OFON 09 OTON 09 OSON 09 OFON os OTON 09 OFON o9 jovon 09 JILIL ONY YSSWNN ASYL SNLYLS CYS seh o POO
165. ding end of the gas regulator and rotate the collar until it slips into place Press in and rotate to lock in place NOTE OF CAUTION Old style collar cannot be used in a new style barrel because it may cause an under powered weapon New style collar cannot be used in the old style barrel because it may cause an overpowered weapon 5 Depress the locking lever with left hand Holding the carrying handle with the right hand pull the barrel to the rear push downward and lock by releasing barrel locking lever 6 Verify that retaining pin is to the left Install trigger mechanism Hold in place by pushing the retaining pin into the right side hole of the trigger mechanism assembly 7 Support trigger mechanism with left hand align lower hole in buttstock and buffer assembly with rear hole in trigger mechanism and push lower retaining pin to right 8 Assemble the slide assembly to the piston and secure by pushing retaining pin from left to right NOTE Be sure firing pin spring is on firing pin Put the bolt assembly into the slide assembly Press in to compress the firing pin spring rotate the bolt and hook its driving lug into the slide assembly ao 4 oo am S 30 April 2008 3 137 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 9 Put the moving parts into the receiver with the feed cover open Locate the bolt lugs and slide cutouts carefully on the rails At the same time locate the piston into the rear of the gas cylinder Press the tr
166. duled record Retain in current files area until disposition instructions are published then apply the approved disposition NOTE Disposition instructions are found in AR 25 400 2 Chapter 7 Table 7 1 b Print or type on each label the record title c Print or type on each label the PA number if applicable d Print or type on each label the year of creation 4 File records in file cabinet using file folders References AR 25 400 2 Chapter 5 paragraphs 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 7 5 9 and 5 10 and AR 380 5 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 10 a Use guides to divide records and identify subdivisions b Use folders to consolidate retrieve and protect records c Arrange the records in an orderly manner that best suits the business or reference needs 1 Arrange documents by chronological date 2 Arrange documents in simple numerical sequence such as unit designation or project number 3 Arrange documents alphabetically by subject or personal name last name first name and middle initial or organization identification d Mark or stamp all folders with the proper classification per AR 380 5 3 10 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps e File classified and unclassified documents separately using guide cards or placement in separate drawers f Secure classified records and containers NOTE Records not covered by a Privacy Act PA System Notice will not be arranged to permit retrieval by personal identifier that is nam
167. e Quantity Requested Turned In Enter quantity requested Tec Enter Training Event Code see Appendix of DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Action Code Enter one of the following codes NIS Issue for training or combat TAR Training assets return TIR Turn in residue IBL Initial Issue Basic Load BLR Basic Load Receipts RBL Rotate Basic Load NTI Normal Turn in Combat Leave Blank Leave Blank Leave Blank Leave Blank Leave Blank Remarks Enter the following statements in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Figure 11 8 4 Process a manual DA Form 581 as a Request for turn in of Ammunition References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 11 Figure 11 9 a Prepare DA Form 581 as a request for turn in of ammunition 1 Issue Leave Blank 2 Turn In Check turn in block 3 Document Number Enter unit document number from the expendable document register The unit document number consists of the DODAAC Julian Date and serial number 4 For local use 5 Pages Enter total number of DA Form 581 and DA Form 5811 R with this document number 6 N A 7 Send to Enter the name and address of the supporting ASP 30 April 2008 3 21 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 8 Request From Enter name address and UIC of using unit Date material required Enter appointment date and time at ASP Priority Leave blank Allocation Period Leave blank DODAAC Enter the using units D
168. e AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 a Access the PBUSE MAIN menu b Click property Book c Click View Update Authorization to display the Authorizations screen View Update Authorization tab d Click the find button to display the UIC Search screen e Click the UIC to select the unit f Click the Print button to display an Excel screen g Click the Print Icon on the Excel Toolbar to generate the report 3 View LOGTAADS Visibility Listing utilizing PBUSE Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 a Access the PBUSE MAIN menu b Click Property Book c Click LOGTAADS Visibility Listing to display the LOGTAADS Authorization Listings screen visibility tab z Click the Find Button to display the UIC Search screen Click the UIC to select the unit NOTE it no UICs appear enter a complete UIC and click the GO button or enter a partial UIC click the GO button and then click the desired UIC f Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list NOTE To search the current list for specific records a Click the Search button to open the Visibility Listing Search Screen b Enter the values in the appropriate fields and click the Search button to execute the search 4 Print LOGTAADS Visibility Listing utilizing PBUSE Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 a Access the PBUSE MAIN menu b Click Property Book 30 April 2008 3 157 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps c Click LOGTA
169. e social security number date of birth Only records covered by the system notices published in DA Pamphlet 25 51 The Army Privacy Program System or Records Notices and Exemption Rules may be arranged for retrieval by personal identifier 5 Establish and maintain suspense files for records or correspondence requiring action by specific dates Reference AR 25 400 2 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 12 NOTE Folders and containers used to keep suspense files are not required to be maintained within the record keeping system a Place documents in the appropriate day week or month file in which the action will take place b Mark the document with the appropriate file number when the action is complete and file the document 6 Dispose of files Reference AR 25 400 2 Chapter 7 paragraph 7 1 to 7 3 and Table 7 1 a Use K for records that will be managed entirely within the office The following disposition codes are under record type K 1 K Time periods 25 through 6 Records are kept in the current files area until the time period specified has passed then destroy example K3 keep for 3 years then destroy 2 KE Time periods 25 through 6 plus the event Records are kept in the current files area until the event occurs and then the specified time then destroy example KE4 keep 4 years after the event then destroy 3 KN time period not known Keep in the current files area until no longer needed for conducting business but no
170. e 2 1 a Prepare DA Form 2765 1 1 Block A Enter the name and address of the supply support activity SSA SOS 2 3 Blocks 4 6 Enter the NSN of the item requested 4 Block 7 Enter the unit of issue 5 Block 8 Enter the quantity requested Use all five positions Enter zeros 0 to the left of the quantity 6 Blocks 9 10 Enter the unit DOD Activity Address Code DODAAC 7 Block 11 Enter the Julian date 8 Block 12 Enter the document serial number 9 Block 13 Enter the demand code in using R for recurring or N for non recurring 0 Block 18 or card column 54 56 Enter the proper end item code EIC Use the EIC that identifies the major end item for which the request applies 11 Block 18b Enter the type of requirement code TRC if applicable 12 Block 20 Enter the priority designator 13 Block 21 Enter required delivery date RDD or leave blank 14 Block 22 Enter the proper advice code from Appendix B or leave blank 15 Block L Enter the cost detail account number if required 16 Block O Enter one or two words that describe the item requested 17 Block P Enter the type number date and page number s of the authorization document publication and other applicable data b Record the DA Form 2765 1 in the appropriate document register c File one copy of the DA Form 2765 1 in the due in status file d Forward completed request to the supporting SSA SOS 30 April 2008
171. e Ok button on the Reassign conformation box NOTE The system displays the Generate Fed Form conformation box Click the Ok button to display a Form Flow screen and click the Print icon on the toolbar to generate the DA Form 3161 m Click the Cancel button to bypass printing the form 5 File Hand Receipts in accordance with AR 25 400 2 Reference AR 25 400 2 Appendix B Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement 30 April 2008 3 39 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO 1 Identified property to be issued 2 Prepared a change document for issue of property 3 Processed import hand receipt files from the Property Book Office to the commander s hand receipt 4 Issued selected property from the commanders hand receipt to the gaining sub hand receipt holder 5 Filed Hand Receipts in accordance with AR 25 400 2 Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM LOCAL SOP AR 25 400 2 AR 710 2 DA FORM 1687 DA FORM 3161 DA PAM 710 2 1 3 40 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Process Hand Receipts Subhand Receipts 101 92Y 1020 Conditions Assigned as
172. ead the instructions on the reverse side of the card before signing 10 Ensure that the person receiving the card reads and understands the instructions 11 Block 10 Enter grade of person receiving the equipment 12 Ensure that the commander or the responsible officer of the unit signs in the space indicated on the reverse side b Prepare and issue DA Form 3749 when a new Soldier is assigned to the unit old card is lost mutilated or destroyed or when the Soldier is assigned a different item 4 Create a Weapons Ammunition Control Log for issue and turn in Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 6 NOTE The Weapons Ammunition Control Log is locally produced and must include the following information a Prepare log column for the name of the unit b Prepare log column for the name of the installation where the unit is located c Prepare log column for the present month d Prepare log column for the lot number information 1 Butt number assigned to the weapons being issued 2 Lot number when issuing ammunition e Prepare log column for serial number s of the weapon s being issued 30 April 2008 3 125 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps f g h Prepare log column for type of weapon being issued Prepare log column for date and time the weapon ammunition is issued Prepare log column for the ammunition and number of rounds issued if any otherwise draw a line across the block Prepare log colum
173. ear Weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 319 10 operator s manual for detailed instruction 2 Remove the hand guards two person task 3 Remove the bolt carrier group by the charging handle 4 Remove the buffer assembly 5 Remove the action spring 6 Remove the pistol grip 7 Remove the stock 8 Remove the pivot pins 9 Remove the spring and detent c Check weapon for serviceability d Perform organizational maintenance as required e Perform cleaning and lubrication 1 Use Break Free CLP LSA to lubricate weapons 2 Clean with a soft cloth and weapon cleaning kit 3 Wipe dry with cloth and apply a light coat of CLP LSA 4 Refer to TM 9 1005 319 10 for detailed cleaning and lubrication instruction f Reassemble the M16A2 rifle 1 Replace the spring and detent pin 2 Replace the pivot pins 3 Replace the stock 4 Replace the pistol grip 5 Replace the action spring 6 Replace the buffer assembly 7 Replace the bolt carrier group by the charging handle 8 Replace the hand guards two person task g Perform function check 1 Pull the charging handle to the rear and release it a Place the selector lever in the SAFE position b Pull the trigger the hammer should not fall c Check an M16A1 or M16A2 with the selector lever in the SEMI position 30 April 2008 3 135 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 2 Check an M16A1 or M16A2 with the selector lever in the SAFE position a Place the selector
174. ecialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to process organizational laundry Given organizational laundry DA Form 1974 Laundry List Medical Treatment Facility and Organization surgical gloves FM 10 27 4 Organizational Supply and Services for Unit Leaders AR 210 130 Laundry and Dry Cleaning Operations AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS unit laundry files local standing operating procedure SOP and a laundry collection point Standards Process authorized organizational laundry items without rejection and without sustaining losses to the unit in accordance with FM 10 27 4 and AR 210 130 Performance Steps 1 Determine items authorized for organizational laundry Reference FM 10 27 4 a Verify the items to be laundered or dry cleaned are listed in AR 210 130 b Verify the items are accepted by the laundry plant in accordance with SOP 2 Separate organizational laundry for turn in Reference FM 10 27 4 a Separate organizational laundry by type such as sheets pillows pillowcases blankets mattress covers and bedspreads b Bundle the items in the quantities specified by the laundry plant s external SOP 3 Prepare DA Form 1974 laundry list for turn in Reference FM 10 27 4 Figure 2 1 a Enter today s date in Date Block b Enter your organization name in From Block c Enter your telephone extension in the Tel Ext Block d Enter the quantity f
175. ect the balance column 1 Draw a single line through the mistake 2 Make sure the mistake can still be read 3 Make the correct entry either above the mistake or in the correct column as applicable b Correct posting mistakes found in the balance column 1 Draw a single line through the mistake 2 Enter CORR in the unused column of the line containing the mistake 3 Make the correct entry on the next available line a Enter the current date b Enter the original document number c Enter the adjusted balance d Enter CORR in any unused column of the line with the correcting entry c Correct posting made to the wrong page that affects the balance column 1 Draw a single line through the mistake 2 Make sure the mistake can still be read 3 Enter CORR in the unused column of the line containing the mistake 4 Post the data to the correct page 5 Line out the original posting that was placed on the document and initial 6 Enter the new posted date d Correct serial registration number errors 1 Draw a line through the mistake 2 Make sure the mistake can still be read 3 Make the correct entry in the same block in which the error was made 4 Prepare a DA Form 4949 for the following errors a Obvious transposed numbers b Obvious numbers miscopied from the issue document c Items swapped out or replaced with exact LIN and NSN while in maintenance 5 Initiate investigation per AR 735 5 if there is
176. ed to post transactions to the property book Given DA Form 2765 1 Request for Issue or Turn in DA Form 581 Request for Issue and Turn in of Ammunition DD Form 1348 1A Issue Release Receipt Document DD Form 200 Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn in DA Form 7531 Checklist and Tracking Document for Financial Liability Investigations of Property Loss DA Form 4949 Administrative Adjustment Report DD Form 362 Statement of Charges Cash Collection Voucher that affecting on hand balances and management of manual and automated property book systems Given DA Form 3328 Property Record DA Form 3328 1 Serial Registration Number Record Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with forms program DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Standards Post supply transactions to manual and automated property book systems while successfully maintaining 100 percent property accountability in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 Post a single line item number LIN with one make or model to DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 9 a Post the following types of transactions to the property book 1 Equipment issues and turn ins a DA Form 581 b DA Form 2765 1 c DA Form 3161 d DD Form 1348 1A 2 E
177. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeneaeeeseeaeeeteenaees 3 16 Subject Area 2 Supply Procedures 101 92Y 1016 Request Supplies and Equipment ccecccceccececeeeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeeteceneaeeeeeeeeeetees 3 20 101 92Y 1017 Request Cancellation of Supplies 2 0 0 0 2 ceececeeeee cece eee eeeeceneaeeeeeeeeeteceeeaeeeeeeeeeetees 3 31 101292Y 1 018 RECEIVE PrOPGMly ecsciesi secede ate ee a itetnhindcadl AE 3 35 101 92Y 1019 Issue Property sioaren ai aeniei AiE EEan EEr EAEEREN NEENA NAN EEEN AA CEE 3 38 101 92Y 1020 Process Hand Receipts Subhand Receipts ceseeeecceeeeeeeeeeeenceaeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 41 101 92Y 1021 Store Property eeen eeren oein riaan i dedietvecechtndeecet hacen uate NEONA a EEA OA AEEA 3 50 101 92Y 1022 Inventory Property oroesi eee ener iini aniar AnA AaS AAAA AA NTE Aarin AEA EEEE 3 56 101 92Y 1023 Turn In Property Army Assets sseeeeneeeeeeeeeereesesrresstrresttrnnsttnntsttrnssttnnssttnnnnsennn 3 60 101 92Y 1024 Perform Lateral Transfer of Property sssesssssssssssrreseerreseerrrssrtrrssttnnssttnnssrennssrnnn 3 64 101 92Y 1025 Process Property Adjustment Documents esssssssssssrressrrresetrrresrtnrnsternssrtrnssrenn 3 71 101 92Y 1026 Maintain Unit Loads eieo EETA RE E EETA ROA 3 79 101 92Y 1120 Perform Unit Logistics System Set Up eee eeeeneeeeeeenneeeeeeneeeeesieeeeneaes 3 83 101 92Y 1121 Update Parameter Tables cccccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeetecsiaeeeeeeeeene
178. ees 3 88 101 92Y 1122 Update Organizational Data cece eeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeneeeeeeaes 3 91 101 92Y 1123 Perform Catalog Maintenance cc eeeecceeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeenaeeeseeeaeeeeeeiaeeeeeeiaeeeeneaes 3 95 101 92Y 1124 Update Component Data 0 0 0 2 ccc cececcecce cece cece eeceeneae cece test te caaeaeeeeeeeeeseneenneeaeeeeeeeees 3 99 101 92Y 1125 Perform Ammunition TranSactions c ceccceeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeetaaeeeereneeeeneaes 3 102 Subject Area 3 Organizational Clothing Procedures 101 92Y 1205 Process Personal Clothing Request cccceeeeeceeeeeeecneeeeetieeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeseaes 3 112 101 92Y 1206 Prepare Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment OCIE Record 3 114 101 92Y 1207 Process Organizational LAUNAIY ec eeeteceenneeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaeeeeeetaeeeeneaes 3 122 Subject Area 4 Arms Room Procedures 101 92Y 1301 Control Weapons and Ammunition in the Arms ROOM eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 124 101 92Y 1409 Perform Organizational Unit Maintenance on Small Arms cceeeeeeeeees 3 131 Skill Level 2 Subject Area 5 Filing Procedures 101 92Y 2001 Review Unit Supply Files 00 ce cc eccecceceeeeeeeeeneee cece eeeeseceaecaeeeeeeeeeseneiaeeeeeeeeeteees 3 142 Subject Area 6 Property Book Procedures 101 92Y 2002 Supervise the Inventory of Property cc eeceeceeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeteeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 3 144 101 92Y 2101 Post Transactio
179. ents for Soldiers holding MOS 92Y Commanders trainers and Soldiers should use it to plan conduct and evaluate individual training in units The STP is the primary MOS reference for supporting self development evaluating MOS proficiency and training of 92Y Soldiers Commanders employ two primary methods to evaluate Soldiers proficiency e Commander s evaluation Commander s evaluations are local tests or assessments of Soldiers performance of MOS specific and common tasks critical to the unit mission They may be conducted year round e Common task test CTT CTTs are hands on tests used to evaluate proficiency on common tasks Alternate written tests are provided if equipment is not available for hands on testing This publication is the Soldier s primary reference to prepare for a commander s evaluation of MOS specific tasks It contains task summaries for all critical tasks specific to the MOS and skill level SL Commanders and trainers will use this Soldier s Manual Trainer s Guide SM TG to plan and conduct training and commander s evaluations Chapter 2 Trainer s Guide contains information needed to plan training requirements for this MOS The trainer s guide e Identifies subject areas in which Soldiers must be trained e Identifies critical tasks for each subject area e Specifies where Soldiers are initially trained on each task e Recommends how often each task should be trained to sustain proficiency e Recomme
180. epresentative to verify the reconstructed balance for the Army National Guard ARNG c Remake DA Form 3328 1 when necessary or when the PBO wants to transfer the information to a new page 1 Transfer the serial numbers that are not lined out from the old page to the new page 2 File the old page in the inactive property book file 3 Annotate the transfer date in ink in the top right corner when lines are transferred to the inactive file d File inactive DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 when torn mutilated or filled in the inactive file 1 Keep separate from active property book pages 2 Make a separate file for the inactive property book pages 3 File in the inactive property book file in accordance with AR 25 400 2 4 File inactive pages in the same sequence as the active property book pages 5 Notify an USPFO representative to remove the old pages from the active property book and file them in the inactive property book file 6 Remove ARNG property book pages from the active property book file upon completion of the next USFPO reconciliation 7 Dispose of pages in the inactive property book file in accordance with AR 25 400 2 6 Post an Asset Adjustment Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 4 3 a Access the PBUSE MODULE Main menu b Click Property Book c Click Suspense Actions to display the Asset Adjustment screen Suspense Actions TAB d Click the Type Act Code LOV to select the Type Acti
181. eps e Inactive Activity Register Report All f Inactive Activity Register Report AO_ ZRL ZRI g Reversal h Input Transaction Report i Download Entire Report 7 Click Asset Visibility to access PBUSE Asset Visibility processes a Material Item Rollup b Unit Equipment Readiness c d AMSS e User Created Task Force 8 Click Reports to access PBUSE Report processes Cyclic Inventory Listing Sensitive Item Inventory Listing Parent Level Property Listing Organization UIC Change Listing Dollar Value Capital Equipment Listing Consolidated Property Listing Ad Hoc Queries Download Commander s Report 9 Click Ammo to access PBUSE Ammunition processes a Request b Receipt c Ammunition Control Document Turn In Import f Export 10 Click Interfaces to access PBUSE Interface processes a BCS3 b SARSS 1 c SAMS I TDA d ULLS Air Ground e Migration 6 Power Off PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 3 3 a Close all open browser screens NOTE The close menu option may also be used b Click the Start button c Click Shut Down d Select Shut Down from the drop down list of values e f d e Click the OK button to shut down system Power off Monitor g Power off Printer Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement 3 8
182. equest DA Form 3645 Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment Record DA Form 3645 1 Additional Organizational Clothing and Equipment Record bond paper and local standing operating procedure SOP Standards Determine disposition of absentee s clothing equipment and personal effects while maintaining 100 percent accountability in accordance with AR 700 84 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 DA Pamphlet 600 4 DA Pamphlet 600 8 and local SOP Performance Steps 1 Return absentee clothing and personal effects to a Soldier who returns to home station Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 12 paragraph12 13 and AR 25 400 2 Appendix B a Inventory clothing equipment and personal effects with Soldier NOTE Shortages will be replaced at the enlisted Soldier s expense b Obtain the signature of the Soldier receiving the clothing equipment and personal effects on all copies of the inventory documents DA Form 3078 DA Form 3645 DA Form 3645 1 and bond paper c Provide copy three of DA Form 3078 DA Form 3645 DA Form 3645 1 and bond paper to the Soldier for his record d File the remaining copies in the unit supply files 2 Return absentee clothing and personal effects to a Soldier who has returned to another installation from Absent Without Leave AWOL Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 14 DA Pamphlet 600 8 Chapter 9 paragraph 9 3 and AR 25 400 2 Appendix B a Remove property from secure storage area and verify inven
183. equest for each serial numbered item 24 Block 20 Enter the bumper number material control number or administrative number assigned to the item of equipment 25 Block 21 Leave blank at unit level For DS GS AVIM and DEPOT Use 26 Block 22 Enter code for level of work from DA Pamphlet 750 8 Table B 24 27 Block 23 Enter the commander or designated representative s signature for all priority 01 through 10 requests This signature approves the use of the PD 28 Block 24 Enter a brief description of the deficiencies or symptoms that you feel require attention at this level of maintenance SME NOTE Here is where you tell the DSU what you want to do such as request condition code for lateral transfer Item is excess to this unit 29 Block 25 Enter any information required by the DSU 30 April 2008 3 65 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 30 Block 34a Enter first initial and last name of person submitting the DA Form 2407 in this block 31 Block 34b Enter original date submitted YYDDD NOTE At this point the DA Form 2407 has been prepared and is ready to be taken with the equipment to the DSU 32 Block 35a Enter first initial and last name of person accepting the maintenance request NOTE The maintenance clerk accepting the maintenance request enters first initial and last name in block 35a 33 Block 35b Enter the initial status done by the maintenance clerk
184. er Tables to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen with the Report Processing A D tab defaulted and Advice Code Table displayed Click the desired Report Processing A D E M or N Z tab an then click the LOV to display the list of Code Tables Click the LOV an select Document Identifier Code Table Search for a specific Code within the display Code Table 1 Click the Search button to display the search dialog box 2 Type the desired values an then click the Find button to display the results 3 Click the Report Processing tab E M an then click the LOV to display the list of Code Tables 4 Click the LOV an select Media Status Code Table 5 Click the print button to print the report using Excel 6 Click open using Excel 7 Click Ok 8 Click the printer icon to print the listings 9 Click the X in the upper right corner to close the screen 0 Click the Report Processing tab N Z an then click the LOV to display the list of Code Tables 1 Click the LOV and select Supply Class 2 Click the print button to print the report using Excel 3 Click Open Using Excel 4 Click Ok 5 Click the printer icon to print the listings 6 Click the X in the upper right corner to close the screen 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 View a Reference Lookup Table References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 5 8 2 a b c d e f Access the PBUSE main menu Select Administra
185. er the item description 7 Block 7 Enter the unit of issue 8 Block 8 Enter the stockage quantity Obtain the commander s approval Prepare two copies of DA Form 2062 for durable items File a copy of the approved load list in the unit files Send a copy of approved load list to the SOS for review Correct any errors found by the SOS Maintain DA Form 3318 for approved basic load Prepare DA Form 3318 for Class Il IV or VIII as follows 1 Balance on Hand block Enter quantity on hand 2 Remarks Block Enter the date and reference number of the major command MACOM correspondence a The local SOS b Date and number of DA authorization document 3 UI Block Enter the unit of issue 4 CIIC Block Enter the controlled inventory item code CIIC 5 ARC Block Enter the accounting requirement code ARC 6 RC Block Enter the recoverability code RC 7 Stockage Code Block Basic load 8 Date Block Enter the Julian date when the item was placed on the load list 9 Quantity Block Blank 10 Authorized Stock Level Block Enter authorized stockage quantity 11 Stock Number Block Enter stock number 12 Item Description Block Enter description 13 Record of demands section a Block A Enter Julian date the item was demanded b Block B Enter the section that need the item c Block C Enter the quantity demanded d Block D Enter the quantity owed out 14 Request section a Blo
186. ermaster army mil U S Army Quartermaster School Homepage http www cascom army mil Combined Arms Support Command Homepage https vports atsc army mil nome html Sustainment Portal https forums bcks army mil default aspx id 239599 LOGNET http www finlogonline com FINLOG https liw logsa army mil index cfm fuseaction login main Logistics Information Warehouse https www themotorpool org forum1 html index php The Motorpool https weblog logsa army mil log911 index cfm LOG 911 https aeps ria army mil U S Army Materiel Command Army Electronic Product Support Website https www logsa army mil psmag pshome cfm PS Magazine home page http Irc3 monmouth army mil nsn nsndata index cfm Army NIIN NSN Search http www monmouth army mil cecom Irc nsnsearch html NSN PMR Part Number and End Item Search httos www av dla mil welcome DLA Asset Visibility https Awww link dla mil link login asp Web Logistics Information Network WEBLINK https www daas dla mil daasing Defense Automated Addressing System Center DAASC Inquiry System http www dlis dla mil Defense Logistics Information Service DLIS https emall6 prod dodonline net main DoD EMALL https www dlis dla mil hmirs default asp Hazardous Materials Information Resource System HMIRS http www dlis dla mil WebFlis default asp WEBFLIS Provides access to FEDLOG data http www dscc dla mil offices packaging ind
187. erty f Check end items for completeness NOTE Use the proper TM or SC to identify components g Verify that component shortages are listed on hand receipt shortage annex h Review the document register to ensure that component shortages are on request NOTE Make a list of any component shortages overages i Check the serial numbers for items with serial numbers recorded on the hand receipt sub hand receipt NOTE Make a list of any serial number differences 6 Conduct a weapons and ammunition inventory between authorized persons NOTE Ensure that both the incoming and outgoing custodians conduct joint inventory In consolidated arms storage facilities where access to weapons and ammunition is restricted due to physical layout both persons will verify that a physical count has been made by each person that had access to weapons and ammunition a Conduct physical count of all weapons b Conduct physical count of all ammunition c Conduct physical count of all keys d Record results of inventory on DA Form 2062 30 April 2008 3 57 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps e Assign responsibility to the person receiving the keys to the arms storage facility f File inventory results in unit supply files NOTE Maintain results until the next serial number inventory is completed At that time they may be destroyed When differences are found during the serial number inventory and are not resolved it will be necessary to
188. es Used as a temporary record of required and completed maintenance Used to list faults that the operator or crew cannot fix and list parts to replace Used by unit maintenance during periodic services to list all faults found and actions taken to fix faults Weapons are required to have quarterly preventive maintenance services Fill out DA Form 2404 1 Block 1 Enter the name of the unit Block 2 Enter the nomenclature and model Block 3 Enter registration number serial national stock number NSN Block 5 Enter date Block 6 Enter type of inspection Block 7 Enter TM number and TM date Block 8a Enter signature of person performing inspection Block 9a Enter the signature of the maintenance supervisor Column a Enter the TM item number Column b Enter the status symbol that applies to the fault or deficiency Column c Briefly describe uncorrected faults Column d Explain corrective action taken Column e Enter the initials of the person taking the corrective action 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps j Disposition of DA Form 2404 is as follows 1 The DA Form 2404 will be kept in files until it is completed if no faults have been found 2 If faults are found during an operator s or crew s PMCS it will be given to the maintenance supervisor for action 3 Maintenance supervisor will review all DA Form 2404 prior to destruction to verify that all
189. est for Cancellation is not complete until verification is received from the SSA This is a supply status card with a BQ status code When verification is received perform the following actions a When entire quantity requested is cancelled 1 Record the data on the Document Register a Enter BQ and the Julian date of the cancellation verification in Column M b Erase any previous entry in Column L c Erase AC1 and Julian date in Column N 2 Remove all status cards listings and other documents for the item from the Due in Status File and destroy them 3 If the cancellation verification applies to the Non Expendable Document Register file it in the Supporting Documents File otherwise destroy it b When part of a quantity requested is cancelled 1 Record the document on the Document Register a Erase the AC1 quantity and Julian date in Column N b Enter BQ quantity cancelled and the Julian date of cancellation verification in Column N c Erase the previous entry in Column L as appropriate d Record the entry in Column J in ink if action is completed e Change the due in quantity in Column K NOTE If cancellation verification applies to the nonexpendable document register file it in the supporting documents file otherwise destroy it c Post manual supply transaction from SSA 1 Manual status received from SSA will be posted by manual input to the system NOTE MILSTRIP transactions are sent to the Forwa
190. ex html DLA Packaging http www shelflife hq dla mil default asp DoD Shelf Life Program http wex drms dla mil newenv html dod_env links html DoD Environmental Web Portal https www daas dla mil websdr Supply Discrepancy Reporting Web SDR http logtool net html O2USA_tidentify php Logtools web portal 30 April 2008 References 7 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK STP 10 92Y12 SM TG 30 April 2008 By Order of the Secretary of the Army GEORGE W CASEY JR General United States Army Chief of Staff Official Prr L N JOYCE E MORROW Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0810004 DISTRIBUTION Active Army US Army Reserve and Army National Guard To be distributed in electronic media only PIN 084736 000
191. facility 10 Maintained key control Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 190 11 LOCAL SOP AR 190 13 AR 25 50 AR 25 400 2 AR 710 2 DA PAM 710 2 1 3 130 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Perform Organizational Unit Maintenance on Small Arms 101 92Y 1409 Conditions Assigned as the unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to perform organizational maintenance on small arms Given local standing operating procedures SOPs appropriate regulations DA Pamphlet 750 8 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Technical Manual TM 9 1005 317 238 amp P Pistol Semiautomatic 9mm M9 TM 9 1005 317 10 TM 9 1005 319 238P Rifle 5 56mm M16A2 with Equipment TM 9 1005 319 10 TM 9 1005 201 23 amp P Machine Gun 5 56mm M249 with Equipment TM 9 1005 201 10 Browning M2 Heavy Barrel TM 9 1005 213 10 Machine Gun Caliber 50 Browning M2 Heavy Barrel TM 9 1010 230 23 amp P Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual for Machine Gun 40mm MK 19 MOD 3 TM 9 1010 230 10 Machine Gun 40mm MK 19 MOD 3 Long Range Sniper Rifle M107 TM 9 1005 239 10 TM 9 1005 239 238 amp P and a blank DD Form 314 Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record
192. for Supply Actions and or a computer system with a forms program Standards Prepare the DA Form 2064 in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 and verify that all transactions are posted in the proper sequence Performance Steps 1 Record header data on the DA Form 2064 References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 paragraph 2 23 and Figure 2 5 a Block 1 Enter name of the element and unit keeping the register b Block 2 Enter unit DODAAC that will be put on the request Communication Security COMSEC accounts will have a document register for COMSEC items managed by the COMSEC custodian This is a separate register not under the control of the PBO Block 3 Enter UIC of the requesting unit Block 4 Enter page number Pages are numbered in sequence Enter Julian date Enter document serial number Enter last three 3 digits of SSA s DODAAC Enter NSN CAGE MCN Enter the nomenclature Enter request for Enter priority designator Enter initials of authenticating authority Enter quantity requested received turned in Enter date completed NOTE There are three types of document registers nonexpendable expendable and durable The PBO may authorize the expendable and durable registers to be combined A document register for all supply actions will be kept by each organizational element authorized by the PBO to request supplies For nonexpendable items there is one register per property book maintained at
193. from the LOV S is the default i Enter a losing quantity if it is different from the Losing On Hand Quantity The losing quantity cannot equal zero nor be greater than the on hand quantity j Click the Apply button after making changes NOTE To ensure selections are saved click the Apply button before clicking the First Prev Next or last buttons k To remove items from the document 1 Click the Delete checkbox 2 Click the delete button 3 Click the OK button on the Delete confirmation box 4 Click the OK button on the Delete dialog box To print a DA Form 3161 1 2 3 Click the Generate Fed Form button to display a Form Flow screen Click the Print Icon on the toolbar Click the All radio button 4 Click the OK button to initiate printing and then close the window m Click the Notify Gaining PBO button after all updates are complete and the DA Form 3161 is printed n Click the OK button on the Notify Gaining PBO confirmation box o Click the OK button in the Notify Gaining PBO dialog box 8 File completed Lateral Transfer Documents Reference AR 25 400 2 Chapter 7 paragraph 7 100 Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Performed inventory of property Determined the condition of property to be transferred Prepared DA Form 3161 a
194. g commander 13 Enter grade or rank of responsible person 14 Enter office telephone number of responsible person 15 Enter expiration date of card This date is determined by the person making the delegation Do not set a date later than the date the Delegating Authority expects to remain in the job See paragraph 11 9 and Figure 11 4 for Class V a Replace cards containing invalid elements with new cards b Date cannot exceed one year c Review cards quarterly for accuracy 16 Enter signature of Responsible Person b Make proper disposition of DA Form 1687 1 Deliver DA Form 1687 to the appropriate SOS a Determine the number of cards to be forwarded to the SOS b Send completed DA Form 1687 to the SOS c Send a copy of the Assumption of Command Orders or Appointing Memorandum to each SOS 2 File DA Forms 1687 and Appointment Orders a Place DA Form 1687 in the Unit Supply File b Place the unit s completed copy of the DA Form 1687 in the Unit Supply Files c Determine the disposition of DA Form 1687 in the Unit Supply File d File a copy of Assumption of Command Orders in the Unit Supply Files e 2 Prepare DA Form 7000 for use by the Army Clothing Sales Store AMCSS References AR 700 84 paragraph 5 2 and Figure 5 1 AR 25 400 2 paragraph 7 1 and Table 7 1 a Complete DA Form 7000 for AMCSS 1 Enter expiration date The date is determined by the person making the delegation Do not set a date later
195. g directive and Browse by Record Category The Select Type of Record option is used with the three basic options Explain each option and type record selection options 3 Point the mouse cursor in the box directly below the Search by Army Regulation or other prescribing directive and left click the mouse button 4 Key in the applicable regulation or prescribing directive then select the Type of Records option 5 Click the left mouse button on the Submit Search button depending on the search criteria and the Type of Record options selected the system displays the search display screen consisting of all records for the specified search NOTE When you are not sure of the type of record selection option it is best to select ALL for each category listed This will retrieve all information concerning the regulation or directive which was used in the search 3 8 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps c Print file description information 1 Place the mouse cursor over the desired record listed in the REC CATEGORY column and click the left mouse button the system displays the complete file description and filing instructions for the selected file 2 Place the mouse cursor over the lt lt PRINT gt gt option located at the top of the file information and click the left mouse button to print the file description information NOTE After printing the file description information select one of the following op
196. g the property for quarter s furniture or property of a personal nature 30 April 2008 3 41 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Hand Receipt Number Block Enter a local designation number which identifies the hand receipt holder of the property a Column a 1 Enter the stock number of the item being described 2 Enter Line Item Number LIN to identify major end items inventoried on a cyclic basis b Column b 1 Identify the item and include the make or model number if applicable Enter the type number date and changes of the publication that contains the Basic Issue Item BII or components 3 Enter serial registration number when recorded on the property book c Column c Enter the hand receipt annex number for the item NOTE If a hand receipt annex is not required leave blank d Column d Enter the Controlled Inventory Item Code CIIC of the item e Column e Enter the unit of issue f Column f Enter the quantity authorized to be on hand g Column g Enter the quantity to be issued in the first column 5 Sign and enter rank and date under proper quantity column and line out unused blocks 6 Provide the hand receipt holder with the second copy of DA Form 2062 for his or her records 7 Dispose of the hand receipt sub hand receipt in accordance with local SOP 3 Prepare a DA Form 3161 as a Temporary Hand Receipt Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 4 Figure 5 4 a Verify that the pr
197. ghlighted or press the lt TAB gt key provided you have not clicked another place on the Web page to highlight the address line 3 Key in http www arims army mil and press the lt ENTER gt key or place the mouse cursor over the lt GO gt button and left click the mouse button a security alert message maybe displayed NOTE In some instances a security alert message may appear Read the message left click the lt OK gt button to proceed 4 If you receive the security alert message read and left click the lt YES gt button The ARIMS disclaimer page is displayed 5 Read the ARIMS disclaimer message then left click on the link at the bottom of the page to proceed to the ARIMS army mil homepage NOTE The ARIMS homepage appears with seven tab folders at the top of the screen The Home tab shows red letters on a white tab signifying the folder is active b Generate files description information 1 Place the cursor over the Records Retention Schedule Army RRS A tab The cursor turns into a pointing hand and the white letters change to green 2 Click the left mouse button on the RRS A tab A search screen appears and the RRS A tab is now the active folder NOTE This screen shows a search box use the vertical scroll bar to the far right of the screen to view the full screen with four gray arrows indicating search options There are three basic search options Search by Keyword Search by Army Regulation or other prescribin
198. h an LOV click the LOV and then click the desired value 6 Turn in Property Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 3 paragraphs 3 2 through 3 9 a Turn in property 1 Verify the appropriate documents accompany the turn in a Prepare a component shortage list if there are any shortages using DA Form 2062 b Obtain the signature of the commander or the PBO c Send two copies along with the turn in d Keep one copy in the unit s suspense file e Destroy the suspense copy in accordance with local SOP b Turn in ammunition 1 Inspect the transport vehicle prior to departing for the Ammunition Supply Point ASP a Obtain a safety inspection in accordance with the local SOP b Verify that the vehicle driver receives a safety briefing c Ensure that the commanders designated representative is an E 6 or above d Verify that there are enough personnel to complete the task e Verify the combined quantities of live ammunition and residue being turned in balance with the quantities of ammunition initially issued by the ASP 2 Request the ASP personnel to inspect the unit vehicle a Verify the Stock Control Clerk at the ASP enters the quantity in turned in in Block 20 b Verify the Stock Control Clerk signs and dates Block 31a 3 Record the document number to the expendable document register a Enter the Julian date in the date completed column of the Document Register to indicate that the action is complete c Turn in C
199. he Insert button to display the Property Book Origin Data Insert screen 7 Type the desired information in non LOV fields Mandatory fields are in red 8 Click the Rank LOV and make appropriate selection 9 Click the Continue button to display the address fields 10 Type the desired address information 11 Click the Apply button to save the information 12 Click OK to the message Record inserted successfully 13 Click X to close the window c Add DSU SSA data 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Select Administration to display the Administration menu 3 Click DODAAC Functions to display the Organization Data screen DODAAC Functions tab 4 Click the Add Modify DSU SSA DODAAC button to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen DSU SSA DODAAC Code Table VMPT 4H displayed Click the Insert button to display the DSU DODAAC Insert screen Type the desired information Mandatory fields are in red Click the Apply button to save information 5 6 7 8 Click OK to the message Record added successfully YS we aro wa 3 Modify organizational data Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 5 5 1 3 a Modify unit data 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Select Administration to display the Administration menu 3 Click DODAAC Functions to display the Organization Data screen DODAAC Functions tab 4 Click the DODAAC LOV and make a selection and then click the Add Modify DODAAC butt
200. he suspense document number in the Doc Num field 2 Click the OK button on the Document number dialog box If the Type Action code is S the action must be completed from the Suspense Actions Tab NOTE If the new item requires a serial registration or lot number a partially complete Add Serial No Registration No Lot No screen appears 3 Enter the required information and click the Apply button 4 Click the OK button on the Document Number confirmation box NOTE The window will refresh to allow further input 5 Click Close to exit the process 3 76 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps To Modify a Material Item associated with a LIN 1 Click LIN on the lower half of the screen to open the Material Item Asset Adjustments Screen 2 Make the appropriate entries into the fields and click the Apply button to assign a document number if not previously entered NOTE Property Book Officers are responsible for ensuring the DA Form 2408 9 Equipment Control Record is submitted to LOGSA via the LIW LOGSA link prior to turn in of the unserviceable equipment and that a printed copy accompanies the turn in document Multiple items may be added to a currently suspended document by entering the suspense document number in the Doc Num field 3 Click the OK button on the Document Number confirmation box If the Type Action Code is S the action must be completed from the Suspense Actions tab 4 Click the OK butto
201. helf items 3 Turn in commercial off the shelf items 30 April 2008 3 3 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps b Identify Government Off The Shelf GOTS items 1 Receipt of government off the shelf items 2 Issue government off the shelf items 3 Turn in government off the shelf items c Account for lost damaged and destroyed d Account for lost damaged and destroyed commercial off the shelf items government off the shelf items Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures 1 Accounted for Class property Accounted for Class II property Accounted for Class III property Accounted for Class IV property Accounted for Class V property Accounted for Class VI property Accounted for Class VII property Accounted for Class VIII property Accounted for Class IX property O o N O a A OO N _ Accounted for Class X property _ Accounted for commercial items Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required AR 40 61 AR 710 2 AR 735 5 CTA 50 900 CTA 50 909 DA PAM 30 22 DA PAM 710 2 1 FM 4 0 FM 5 116 Related LOCAL SOP 30 April 20
202. iautomatic 9MM M9 NSN 1005 01 118 2640 EIC 4MN Pistol Semiautomatic 9MM M9A1 NSN 1005 01 525 7966 Navy SW 370 AA OPI 010 9MM TO 11W3 3 5 1 COMDTINST M8370 6 TM 08993 0R 1 28 February 2007 Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Pistol Semiautomatic 9MM M9 NSN 1005 01 118 2640 EIC 4MN and Pistol Semiautomatic 9MM M9A1 NSN 1005 01 525 7966 TM 08993 IN 2 SW 370 AA MMO 010 9MM TO 11W3 3 5 4 COMDTINST M8370 6 28 February 2007 30 April 2008 TM 9 1005 319 10 TM 9 1005 319 23 amp P TM 9 1010 230 10 TM 9 1010 230 238 amp P TM 38 410 TM 38 711 13 P2 TEST 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Operator s Manual for Rifle 5 56 MM M16A2 W E NSN 1005 01 128 9936 EIC 4GM Rifle 5 56 MM M16A3 1005 01 357 5112 Rifle 5 56 MM M16A4 1005 01 383 2872 EIC 4F9 Carbine 5 56 MM M4 W E 1005 01 231 0973 EIC 4FJ Carbine 1 October 1998 Unit and Direct support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Rifle 5 56 MM M16A2 W E NSN 1005 01 128 9936 EIC 4GM TO 11W3 5 5 42 1 May 1991 Operator s Manual for Machine Gun 40 MM MK 19 MOD3 NSN 1010 01 126 9063 EIC 4AE TM 08521A 10 1A TO 11W2 5 16 1 S363 C3 MMM 010 30 May 2001 Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Machine Gun 40 MM MK 19 MOD 3 NSN 1010 01 126 9063 EIC 4AE and Ma
203. ication Number block Enter the description of the publication that contains the BIIL COEI AAL mandatory discretionary components or other components listed for the item 8 Publication Date block Enter the date of the publication 9 Quantity block Enter the number of the listing when the hand receipt is used as a component hand receipt a Column a Enter the stock number of all components of the end item b Column b Enter a description of each component of the end item c Column c Enter the ARC of the component 30 April 2008 3 43 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps d Column d Enter CIIC of the component e Column e Enter the unit of issue of the component f Column f Enter the quantity authorized to be on hand 1 Column A Enter the quantity on hand for each component listed 2 Advance all quantities to the next column when quantities change 3 Advance quantities when changing SHRH 10 Dispose of the component hand receipt in accordance with local SOP 6 Prepare a DA Form 2062 as a Hand Receipt Shortage Annex Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 2 and Figure 6 2 a Enter the required data 1 Hand Receipt Annex Number block Enter the consecutive annex number after the title 2 From block Enter the same data recorded on the Hand or Sub hand Receipt to which the annex applies 3 To block Enter the same data recorded on the Hand or Sub hand Receipt to which the annex applies
204. ication clerk 5 Filed unit copies of DA Form 17 and DA Form 17 1 in the unit s Publication Information Management file Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 25 400 2 AR 25 30 DA FORM 17 LOCAL SOP DA FORM 17 1 DA PAM 25 30 DA PAM 25 33 30 April 2008 3 7 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Maintain Unit Supply Files 101 92Y 1013 Conditions Assigned as a Unit Supply Specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to maintain unit supply files Given the current unit supply files and local standing operating procedures SOPs AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS a file cabinet and file folders blank labels file guides pen typewriter and a computer with access to the Internet Standards Maintain unit supply files in accordance with AR 25 400 2 Performance Steps 1 Determine the files required to be maintained Reference AR 25 400 2 paragraph 2 1 and 3 1 a Access the ARIMS 1 Double click the left mouse button on the Internet Explorer icon on the Windows desktop the system default home page is displayed 2 Place the mouse cursor anywhere in the lt http gt address line and left click the mouse button the data in the address line is hi
205. igger with the forefinger of the other hand so that the sear does not prevent the moving parts from going forward 10 While rotating in either direction slide spring on return rod and transfer mechanism assembly NOTE Assure that the headed end of the vertical pin in the transfer mechanism assembly is up on top Hold the pistol grip with one hand and push the return rod and transfer mechanism assembly into its housing in the rear of the piston with other With the thumb of that hand press in and down on the rear of the assembly until its two lugs are positioned in the receiver grooves 11 Pivot the buttstock and buffer and buffer assembly upward into position and push the upper retainer pin to the right and close the cover assembly 12 Hook the metal extensions of the heat shield assembly under the front sight pins new style barrel with the spring clips down on top of barrel NOTE Although the old style barrels do not have protruding front sight pins heat shield assemblies can be used g Perform function check NOTE The function check must be performed to ensure that the SAW has been correctly assembled 1 Pull the cocking handle to the rear Return it forward to the locked position 2 Move the safety to the SAFE position Pull the trigger The weapon should not fire Place the safety on FIRE Pull and hold the cocking handle to the rear Pull the trigger and allow the bolt to ease forward TROR 7 Perform unit maintenance o
206. ilian employee enter his or her grade 19 Block 9e Enter full name of the individual being charged 20 Block 9f Enter Social Security Number of individual being charged Obtain Social Security Number from the unit or activity roster 21 Block 9g Enter lost damaged or destroyed through neglect as applicable 22 Block 9h Make sure that the individual being charged signs the document NOTE The individual being charged must sign the document in the commander s office He or she has to make the decision whether to pay cash or pay by payroll deduction a question that the commander must ask 3 72 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 23 Block 91 Make sure that the individual being charged enters the amount being charged amount from block 8c Grand Total in his or her own handwriting NOTE Block 10 This statement is for the commander stating he or she agrees with the above action 24 Block 10a Enter the date the commander signs the document 25 Block 10b Make sure that the commander signs the document with signature authorized signature block 26 Block 11 Enter an X in block 11a or 11b indicating action taken NOTE When the individual makes payment to the FAO he or she will be required to return the DD Form 362 annotated as a receipt of cash by the FAO within 2 working days after the commander has approved the transaction If the individual cannot show proof of payment the com
207. in Click the Remarks button to enter remarks if desired i Click the Apply button Click Ok on the confirmation box NOTE The quantity entered cannot exceed the quantity of live ammunition turned in to the primary hand receipt holder IOA 4 DAAnD TM uu 30 April 2008 3 107 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 23 Add Remarks to Turn In Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 5 5 a b Click Ammo c Click Turn In to display the Ammunition screen Turn In AMMO 4 tab d Click the UIC LOV and select a UIC e Click the Receipt Doc No LOV to select the document number f g h i j k Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click the Turn in Doc No LOV to select the turn in document Click the Remarks button to display the Turn In Remarks screen Click the Select check box for the Standard Remarks to be included Enter User Created Remarks as desired Click the Insert button Click the Apply button to add the selected remarks to the request document 24 Post Confirmation Status to a Turn In Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 5 9 TQ 4 9A00M Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Turn In to display the Ammunition screen Turn In AMMO 4 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Receipt Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the Turn in Doc No LOV to select the turn in document Click the Confirm Code
208. information is desired to later accompany transfer of the item s NOTE If the item s being received may require Serial Number Registration Number or Lot Number accountability then the system automatically displays an Add Serial Registration or Lot Numbers button Click the Add serial Registration or Lot Numbers button to display an additional screen with the needed fields 1 Enter the Serial number Registration Number Detect Number Acquisition Cost and or Acquisition date information as needed 2 Click the Back to Document if needed NOTE If mistakes are made during input click the UNDO button to return the screen to the originally retrieved information or the Refresh button to clear the screen of all input and start over When finished click the APPLY button and then click OK to successful message to process and post the Receipt Acknowledgement DIC D6S transaction to the database and to generate an output Receipt Acknowledgement DIC D6S transaction MILSTRIP transactions are sent to the FDP using interfaces SARSS 1 Download Files function When finished click the Close button to return to the PBUSE MODULE main menu or click the Doc Num Find button and enter the next receipt Document Number to continue to input receipt transactions Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Re
209. ing national stock numbers NSNs 4 The system displays all the available publication information for that LIN 5 Close the search results window to enter information for a new search NOTE Continue this process until a search for publications and forms for new equipment is complete 6 Click the Back button to return to the Consolidated Army Publications and Forms Index 30 April 2008 3 5 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Prepare a DA Form 17 to update the unit s publications list and obtain new publications References DA Pamphlet 25 30 website DA Pamphlet 25 33 paragraph 3 3 and the unit internal SOP a Enter the header information 1 Enter the page number and total number of pages in page of __ pages block 2 Enter the current date in Date of Requisition block 3 Enter the name of requisitioning agency in the Name of Requisitioning Agency block 4 Enter the assigned account number in Account No block if applicable 5 Leave blank Requisition number block b Enter the requisitioning information on the form 1 Check type of requisition regular or special in block 1 2 Enter justification for special requisition in block 2 3 Enter the address of the agency to which the request is forwarded to in block 5 4 Check appropriate box if applicable in block 4 5 Enter the address of the agency to which the request is forwarded to in block 5 6 Enter the ship to address in
210. installation supplies and equipment Operates unit level computer ULC Prepares all unit organizational supply documents Maintains automated supply system for accounting of organizational and installation supplies and equipment Issues and receives small arms Secures and controls weapons and ammunition in security areas Schedules and performs preventive and organizational maintenance on weapons MOSC 92Y20 Performs duties shown at preceding level of skill and provides technical guidance to lower grade personnel Inspects completed work for accuracy and compliance with established procedures Coordinates supply activities Reviews and annotates changes to unit material condition status report Post transaction to organizational and installation property books and supporting transaction files Determines method of obtaining relief from responsibility for lost damaged and destroyed supply items 30 April 2008 4 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Appendix A Hands On Evaluation HANDS ON EVALUATION DA FORM 5164 R INSTRUCTIONS This appendix provides a sample of DA Form 5164 R see Figure A 1 for the tasks in this STP The DA Form 5164 R allows the trainer to keep a record of the performance measures a Soldier passes or fails on each task Trainers should use the following instructions when completing DA Form 5164 R Prior to Evaluating the Soldier Obtain a blank copy of DA Form 5164 R which you may locally re
211. ion of non expendable property which liability is admitted will be filed in the relief from responsibility file 3 Prepare DD Form 200 Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 13 paragraph 13 4 Figure 13 4 a Enter in Block 1 the date the investigation of property loss is prepared YYYYMMDD b Enter in Block 2 leave blank c Enter in Block 3 the date the loss was discovered or the date of the incident that caused the loss as YYYYMMDD d Enter in Block 4 the national stock number manufacturer part number management control number or other identification numbers of the item s described in block 5 1 Enter the Line Item number LIN below or adjacent to the national stock number NSN 2 Enter the reportable item control code RICC 2 A B C and Z items 3 Enter the words No Residue for RICC 2 A B C and Z items that are totally lost no residue to turn in e Enter in block 5 the nomenclature of the item s lost damaged or destroyed 1 Enter the serial number if assigned 2 Enter the estimated cost of damage ECOD in parenthesis following the description of damaged property f Enter in block 6 the number of items and unit of issue of the lost damaged or destroyed property g Enter in Block 7 the price as shown in FEDLOG in affect at the time of the loss h Enter in Block 8 the total cost of all property identified in blocks columns 4 and 5 that has been lost or destroyed 30 April 2008 3 73 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Perform
212. ions Tab To delete a LIN from an Asset Adjustment document 1 Click the Delete checkbox adjacent to the LIN to be deleted 2 Click the Delete button 3 Click the OK button on the Delete confirmation box 4 Click the OK button on the Delete dialog box f To delete a specific material item 1 Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list 2 Click the Delete checkbox adjacent to the material item be deleted 3 Click the Delete button To ensure selections are deleted click the Delete button before clicking the First Prev Next or Last buttons 4 Click the OK button on the confirmation box 5 Click the OK button on the dialog box Dnanqgnd 30 April 2008 3 151 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 11 Post a Lateral Transfer Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 5 2 Access the PBUSE MODULE Main menu Click Property Book Click Lateral Transfers Click Incoming Suspense actions Click the Find button to display the Doc No Search screen Click the document number Click the First Prev Next and last buttons to navigate the list To make changes to an incoming item 1 Click the LIN to display the details NOTE Make changes as necessary 2 Click the Apply button i Select P from the Type Action Code LOV after all changes are made j Click the OK button to post the changes IOa 907A000 8 Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Posted a
213. iority Designator The appropriate Priority Designator is determined through the combination of a Force Activity Designator FAD and an Urgency of need Designator UND 24 ADVICE CODE Click the LOV and then click the appropriate Advice Code If desired 25 REQUIRED DELIVERY DATE Enter a required delivery date if desired This field is used when the RDD id shorter than or extending beyond the Priority Code time standards 26 APC Enter an Accounting Processing Code if desired to indicate the specific account to be charged FUND CODE Select the appropriate Fund Code if desired FUND ID Select a Fund Indicator if desired REMARKS Enter user remarks pertaining to request if desired GENERATE DHA Click to generate a Demand History Transaction Unit level only SUPPRESS Click the check box if processing a post post request USER CREATED CATALOG Click this link to jump to the User Created Catalog if desired c Click the apply button to process and post the request DIC AQ_ transaction to the Activity Register and for requests that are not suppressed to generate an output Request DIC AO_ transaction NOTE MILSTRIP transactions not suppressed are sent to the Forward Distribution Point FDP using interfaces SARSS 1 Download Files function d Click the Close button when finished with the request screen to return to the PBUSE Module Main Menu 3 26 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 1
214. ist of OCIE 6 Click the To Individual SSN Find button to display the Personnel Search screen a Enter the complete SSN and click the Go button or b Enter a complete or partial name and click the Go button or c Click the Name hyper link for the name 7 Click the checkbox next to the Select column label to select all items on the list or Click the Select checkbox s adjacent to the LIN to be assigned Enter the issue quantity for the selected item s in the Selected Qty column Click the Apply button Click the OK button on the confirmation dialog box to save the data and to display the OCIE Inventory screen NOTE After a selection is made the OCIE Inventory screen closes Use the OCIE Clothing Record tab to reprint the form 12 Click the Generate 3645 button to print a DA Form 3645 1 13 Click Print to print the DA Form 3645 1 e Turn In Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment NOTE Use this process to turn in OCIE from an individual to a bulk hand receipt holder 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click OCIE Click Issue Reassign to display the OCIE Maintenance screen Issue Reassign tab Click the UIC Find button and select the UIC Click the Action LOV and select Turn in to refresh the screen 8 9 10 11 YSN a we YS Da wo 2 3 4 5 3 116 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Click the From Individual SSN Find button to display the Personnel Search screen a
215. items during normal handling maintenance storage transportation and tactical deployment Includes cook off hangfire misfire and so on Nonexpendable item Items which are not consumed in use keep their original identity during the period of use and require that accountability be maintained throughout the life of the item Organization clothing and equipment record A form used to record military type clothing for which the organization commander is responsible It is rotated among using individuals as required Organizational level repairs Repairs authorized for the performance of maintenance at the organizational level 30 April 2008 Glossary 9 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Post To make all the required entries on a document for example to post transactions to the property book Property book A record book kept in a unit to control all nonexpendable property of the unit The property book contains a record of all tables of organization and equipment tables of distribution and allowances and common tables of allowances items Items of individual clothing and equipment are not recorded in the property book Serviceability code See condition code Soldier s Manual An STP listing of critical tasks for each SL in a particular MOS Status cards Data cards sent from the supply source to the requester providing current information on due in supply requests Summary of issue turn in A document used to post an increase or a decrease of
216. ition screen Receipt AMMO 2 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the Re open Receipt button Click OK on the dialog box ort a File from the ASP Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 6 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Import to display the Ammunition screen Import AMMO 5 tab Click OK on the Java Warning dialog box Insert the diskette into the drive Click Browse to display the File Upload screen Click the Look in LOV to select 3 1 2 Floppy A Click the Files of type LOV to select All files Click the file name AWEAE701 DAT Click the Open button to return to the Import tab Click the Submit button to process the data 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 20 Issue Ammunition to a Subhand Receipt Holder Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 4 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Ammo c Click Ammunition Control Document to display the Ammunition screen Ammunition Control Document AMMO 3 tab Click the UIC LOV and select a UIC Click the Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the Item No to display the Ammunition Control Document Edit screen Click the SIC LOV to select the SIC Click the SHR Name to select the appropriate SHR holder s name To issue ammunition for a single lot number 1 Change the Qty to Issue if necessary
217. k 11d is signed NOTE Enter date as YYYYMMDD Enter in Block 12 an X in the appropriate box 1 Enter in Block 12a either YES or NO indicating whether negligence or abuse is evident or suspected 2 Enter in Block 12b Comments Recommendations the rationale for the determination made in block 12a and recommendations 3 Enter in Block 12c the organizational address of the responsible officer or the reviewing authority as appropriate 4 Enter in Block 12d the full name grade and position of responsible officer or the reviewing authority as appropriate 5 Enter in Block 12e the telephone number of the responsible officer or the reviewing authority as appropriate 6 Enter in Block 12f the responsible officer or the reviewing authority signature as appropriate 7 Enter in Block 12g the date signed as YYYYMMDD m Enter in Block 13 the Appointing authority information 1 Blocks 13a through b and d through h leave blank at this time NOTE These blocks are completed after the investigation is completed to show whether the appointing authority approves of the investigating officer s findings and recommendations When an appointing authority has not been designated these blocks will be left blank 2 Enter in Block 13c an X indicating whether a financial liability officer will be appointed 4 Prepare DA Form 4949 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 19 Enter in Block 1 the name of the unit E
218. k Block 29 Enter articles for female issue only Block 30 Fill in required statements or other pertinent information ee aa the reason for submitting the Personal Clothing Request e Block 31 To be signed by individual receiving clothing NOTES The AMCSS will not accept an improperly prepared form or a DA Form 3078 over 30 days old 3 Make proper distribution of a DA Form 3078 Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 2c a b C d Attach two copies of the Soldier s unit assignment orders for newly assigned personnel Provide Soldier the appropriate number of copies of the prepared DA Form 3078 to take to the local AMCSS to receive his her issue of clothing Process the DA Form 3078 through the mail order system if the AMCSS is not located in the immediate area The local installation will provide detailed guidance File completed copy of a DA Form 3078 in unit supply files Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Obtained personal clothing inventory results 2 Prepared DA Form 3078 3 Made proper distribution of a DA Form 3078 Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and h
219. ks each Soldier is responsible for They should tell each Soldier which tasks he or she must be able to perform Trainers should evaluate task performance to determine which tasks each Soldier can or cannot perform to standard Soldiers who cannot perform a task to standard need further training Developing effective training is explained in detail in FM 7 0 and FM 7 1 b Every task summary in this STP includes performance measures which trainers may use year round to determine if Soldiers can perform critical tasks to the specified standards The performance measures identify what the trainer needs to observe to score a Soldier s performance A blank space is provided for the trainer to check either the GO or NO GO column for each performance measure Some tasks require the trainer to watch the Soldier perform them evaluate the process Other tasks call for the trainer to focus on the results of the Soldier s performance evaluate the product Comments should not be written on the task summary C Trainers can monitor the progress of their Soldiers by recording task GO NO GO results Trainers may use DA Form 5164 R Hands On Evaluation to record the performance measures a Soldier passed or failed The form which may be locally reproduced applies to all tasks in this STP Trainers may have DA Form 5164 R overprinted with information unique to their training requirements before reproducing it See Appendix A for instructions on how to obtain and
220. l retained on hand for deleted inactive obsolete or terminal NSN or LIN e Post entries to DA Form 3328 1 1 Serial Registration Number column Enter the serial registration number in ink or by typewriter when required 2 Location column Enter in pencil the hand receipt number to which the item is issued f File all documents that support entries to the property book in the supporting document file number FN 710 2a 3 Post a substitute LIN item to DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 8 a Identify the correct DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 1 Insert substitute item page behind the authorized item page 2 Post supply transactions to each NSN page or when two or more LINS are substituted by the same NSN b Post accounting data 1 Complete all accounting data entries in ink or by typewriter 2 Date Posted column Enter the Julian date of the posting 3 Document Number column Enter the document number of the document being posted 4 Quantity Receive column Post the quantity from the document that increases the balance on hand 5 Quantity Turn in column Post the quantity from the document that decreases the balance on hand 6 Balance column Enter the current on hand balance as adjusted from the increase or decrease c Enter the quantity and LIN of the substitute items in pencil on the next to the last transaction line of the authorized page d Post manage
221. l standing operating procedures SOPs Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with a forms program DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level and AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS Standards Receive property without losing accountability in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 AR 710 2 AR 25 400 2 AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM and the local SOP Performance Steps 1 Receive property from the source of supply SOS References AR 710 2 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 8 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 and AR 25 400 2 Chapter 7 paragraph 7 1 and Table 7 1 a Present valid identification to the SOS b Verify quantity and compare it to the receipt document 1 Document discrepancies and report them to the SOS within three 3 days of receipt 2 Verify that the serial number lot number and registration number are entered on the receipt document 3 Inventory components using the appropriate publication c When receiving supplies and equipment using DD Form 1348 1A Issue Release Receipt Document acknowledge receipt by signing name rank and entering the Julian date in block 7 d When receiving supplies and equipment using DA Form 2765 1 Request for Issue or Turn In 1 Enter the quantity received in block S 2 Enter the Julian date signature and rank in block V 3 Document discrepancies and report them to the SOS within th
222. lassified COMSEC Property NOTE Classified COMSEC will not be turned in until disposition instructions are received from the COMSEC SSA This does not apply to Intensively Managed Automatic Return Secondary items ARI All COMSEC key and publications will be turned in through COMSEC retail support channels in accordance with TB 380 41 3 62 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps d Turn in Expendable and Durable Property NOTE Serviceable expendable and durable property must be turned in to the SSA when they are excess See paragraph 3 16 for turn in of SSSC Items Unserviceable expendable and durable property with RCs A D F H O Z and L must also be turned in to the SSA e Turn in Batteries NOTE Turn in batteries to the appropriate SSA when no longer useable Batteries containing lithium mercury zinc silver chloride and certain batteries containing lead and nickel have been designated as hazardous material by OSHA and EPA These batteries are potentially dangerous to personnel equipment and the government such as lithium batteries can explode and vent poisonous gasses if exposed to extreme heat 130 degrees F f Turn in F O I property NOTE When known found on installation property is turned in to the SSA that would supply the item If not Known it can be turned in to any SSA Deliver the property to the SSA as is Do not use any resources to upgrade the property No paperwork is required for the turn i
223. lay the OCIE Suspense Screens Personnel Transfer Suspense tab 8 Click the UIC Find button 9 Select the UIC 0 Click the Show Hide Personnel link to display the personnel data 1 Click the Show Hide Personnel link to hide the data 2 Click the Show Hide Items link to display the OCIE items the quantities displayed are a total for all personnel 13 Click the Show Hide Items link to hide the data 14 Click the Assign Doc Number checkbox on the row to be transferred or click the checkbox next to the Assign Doc Number label to select all rows 15 Click the Apply button 16 Click the OK button on the Document Number dialog box n Perform Personnel Transfer Suspense Actions at the Unit Level 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Click OCIE 3 Click Personnel Transfer Suspense to display the OCIE Suspense Screens Personnel Transfer Suspense tab 4 Click the UIC Find button and select the UIC 5 Click the Show Hide Personnel link to display the personnel data NOTE Use to view Personnel ltems 6 Click the Show Hide Personnel link to hide the data 7 Click the Show Hide Items link to display the OCIE items NOTE The quantities displayed are a total for all personnel _ a 30 April 2008 3 119 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 8 Click the Show Hide Items link to hide the data 9 Click the Show Hide Personnel link NOTE Use to remove personnel transfers 10 Click the Remove checkbox on the row to be transferred or
224. lay the component data screen with the Master Component Listing LOGSA tab defaulted d Click User Created Component Tab e From the component data screen user created component tab click the UIC LOV f Click the desired UIC or click the find button and type the desired UIC and then click the find button g Click the Next Prev First or Last buttons to page through the listing h Click the underscored END ITEM NSN to display the End Item NSN detail record 8 Add a Master Component Listing Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 3 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu b Click catalog c From the Component Data screen User Created component Tab with the desired record displayed click the insert button to display the add master component listing d Enter the END ITEM NSN and click the view button to display the catalog information e Enter the desired Publication Num Publication date and QTY AUTH f Click the apply button to display the Insert Successful message g Click the OK button to return to the Add Component Master List screen 9 Delete End Item records and its components Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 3 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu b Click catalog c From the Component Data screen User Created component Tab with the desired record displayed click the delete button for the desired END ITEM record and the delete all Sub Components message is displayed
225. ll records that contain the search criteria will be displayed 2 Add organizational data Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 5 5 1 4 1 a Add unit data 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Select Administration to display the Administration menu 3 Click DODAAC Functions to display the Organization Data screen DODAAC Functions tab 4 Click the DODAAC LOV and make a selection and then click the Add Modify DODAAC button to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen MILSTRIP Property Book Code Table VMPT 40 displayed 5 Click the Insert button to display the MILSTRIP Property Book Insert screen 6 Type the desired information Mandatory fields are in red 7 Click the Unit Type LOV and make desired selection 8 9 0 nan Click the Apply button to save information Click OK to the message Record inserted successfully 10 Click X to close the window b Add PBO data 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Select Administration to display the Administration menu 3 Click View Maintain Organization to display the Organization Data screen View Maintain Organization tab 4 Click the UIC Unit Support Info button to display the UIC Unit Support Info screen 30 April 2008 3 91 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Click the Add Modify PBO button to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen Reference Lookup Table tab Property Book Origin Data VMPT 4V displayed 6 Click t
226. llow up Request tab with the retrieved information 5 Click the DIC LOV and then click the appropriate DIC NOTE If mistakes are made click the UNDO button to clear the screen and start over oa 3 32 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 6 When finished click the Apply Button to save information to the database and to generate the output Cancellation Follow up Request DIC AK_ transaction NOTE MILSTRIP transactions are sent to the FDP using the Interfaces SARSS 1 Download Files Function Manual status received from SSA will be posted by manual input to the system Automated status will be received utilizing SARSS 1 Input Files through FTP Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu Click Interfaces and then click the SARSS 1 Input Files option to display the Interfaces screen e Click the Browse button to display the File Upload screen f Locate the SARSS 1 file using the LOV s and the tool bar on the file Upload screen g Once the SARSS 1 file is located click the desired file name and click the Open button then the interface screen is displayed with the file name h Click the Copy Files button and then the SARSS 1 Interface screen with the SARSS 1 upload complete message is displayed a b c YS He wa NH d 6 Post Request for Cancellation to the Document Register References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 29 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 4 pages 9 8 and 9 9 NOTE A Requ
227. load item Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 4 a From the PBUSE Module Main Menu click Hand Receipt and click Operational Basic Load to display the Operational Basic Load OBL 1 screen Click the DODAAC LOV to select the desired DODAAC Click the LOADTYPE LOV to select the type of load list Click the Supply Class to display the items details Enter the changes in the appropriate fields Click the Apply button NOTE The Auth Qty field cannot be changed on Operational Load records 490A0QT 5 Delete an operational or basic load item Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 4 a From the PBUSE Module Main Menu click Hand Receipt and click Operational Basic Load to display the Operational Basic Load OBL 1 screen b Click the DODAAC LOV to select the desired DODAAC c Click the LOADTYPE LOV to select the type of load list d Click the Supply Class to display the items details e Click the Delete checkbox next to the item to be deleted f Click the Delete button g Click Yes on the Delete Confirmation box 6 Order an operational or basic load item Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 4 a From the PBUSE Module Main Menu click Hand Receipt and click Operational Basic Load to display the Operational Basic Load OBL 1 screen Click the DODAAC LOV to select the desired DODAAC Click the LOADTYPE LOV to select the type of load list Click the Auth QTY to display the MILSTR
228. lock 6 9 Block 8 Enter model number 10 Block 9 Enter noun nomenclature of item 11 Block 10a Enter organization work order number or organization document number 12 Enter the end item code EIC 13 Block 11 Enter the serial number a Block 9 Enter the serial number of the item b For non tactical wheeled vehicles use the registration number For ammunition use the lot number d Leave blank if the form is used for more than one item e Leave blank if the equipment has more than one serial number Mandatory entry if equipment is inoperative INOP Block 12 Enter the number of items NOTE Must be only one item listed if equipment is reportable under AR 700 138 and is NMC h Block 13 Enter the priority designator PD i Block 14 Enter the malfunction description j Block 23 Enter the signature of the commander or commander s designated representative k Block 24 Describe deficiencies or symptoms I Block 25 Enter remarks 30 April 2008 3 133 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps m Block 34a Enter the name and initials of the person submitting DA Form 2407 n Block 34b Enter the original ordinal date the form was given to support c The disposition of DA Form 2407 as follows 1 Destroy the receipt copy one when the equipment goes back to the owning unit 2 Destroy organization copy four 3 The maintenance activity keeps file copy five until the next MWO validation 4 Perform unit
229. ly File d File a copy of Assumption of Command Orders in the Unit Supply Files e Destroy DA Form 7000 if new cards are required Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Prepared DA Form 1687 for use by the source of supply 2 Prepared DA Form 7000 for use by the Army Clothing Sales Store AMCSS Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 25 400 2 LOCAL SOP AR 700 84 AR 710 2 DA FORM 1687 DA FORM 2064 DA FORM 3078 DA FORM 7000 DA PAM 710 2 1 30 April 2008 3 15 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Prepare a Document Register 101 92Y 1015 Conditions Assigned as a Unit Supply Specialist in a field or garrison environment given the responsibility to prepare a document register Given AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS AR 710 2 Inventory Management Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures organization designation Department of Defense Activity Address Code DODAAC Unit Identification Code UIC documents to be recorded a blank DA Form 2064 Document Register
230. m 1687 16 Block 14a Enter the name of the authorized approving authority 17 Block 14b Enter Julian date the request is approved 3 60 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps ve Block 14c Enter signature of authorized approving authority 19 Block 15 Enter item number sequence Block 16 Enter Department of Defense Identification Code DODIC Block 17 Enter National Stock Number Block 18 Enter nomenclature Enter the words Last Item after the last entry Block 19 Enter unit of issue Block 20 Enter quantity being turned in Block 21 Enter Training Event Code in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Block 22 Enter one of the following codes in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 a NIS Issue for training or combat g NTI Normal Turn In Combat 27 Blocks 23 27 Leave blank 28 Block 28 Enter the following statements as applicable a The above items drawn on document number XXXXXXXX were not expended All other items drawn on that document number were properly expended Training only b Residue turn in is under document number XXXXXXXX Training only c Contents have been inspected Contents do not contain any live rounds unfired primers explosives or other dangerous materials Signed The individual who makes the inspection signs the statement Required entry d The vehicle listed below passed the safety inspection required by DA Pamphlet 710
231. maintenance on pistol semiautomatic 9mm M9 Reference TM 9 1005 317 10 TM 9 1005 317 23 amp P and DA Pamphlet 750 8 a Safety requirements 1 Clear weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 317 10 operator s manual for detailed instruction 2 Wear safety goggles 3 Tool and special tools includes only the standard tool set applicable to the procedure 4 Carry the M9 shoulder high with muzzle pointed upward and index finger placed along the assembly b Disassemble of the M9 pistol 1 Clear weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 317 10 operator s manual for detailed instructions Hold pistol in the right hand with muzzle slightly elevated With forefinger press disassembly lever release button With thumb rotate disassembly lever downward until it stops Pull the slide and barrel assembly forward and remove Slightly compress recoil spring and spring guide while at the same time lifting and removing recoil spring and spring guide 8 Allow the recoil spring to expand slowly 9 Separate recoil spring from spring guide 10 Push in on locking blocking plunger while pushing barrel forward slightly 11 Lift and remove locking block and barrel assembly from slide Check weapons for serviceability Perform organizational maintenance as required e Perform cleaning and lubrication 1 Use break free CLP lubricating oil weapons semi fluid LSA to lubricate weapon 2 Clean with soft cloth and weapon cleaning kit 3
232. mander will inquire to the FAO to verify receipt of payment If FAO has no record of payment a new DD Form 362 will be initiated and a payroll deduction will be processed or DD Form 200 will be initiated and the old document cancelled Make sure that you have five 5 copies attached to the original The DD Form 362 Statement of Charges Cash Collection Voucher will be forwarded to the FAO for Payroll deduction under a transmittal memorandum with receipt acknowledgement requested b Post DD Form 362 to Document Register 1 Enter DD Form 362 document number to Document Register maintained in the unit organizational supply room NOTE When the Document Register is maintained by the PBO he or she will record DD Form 362 c Follow up on DD Form 362 1 Request initial follow up when the commander does not receive an acknowledgment of receipt within 20 calendar days from FAO 2 Follow up with FAO every 10 days after no response is received from the initial follow up until FAO acknowledges receipt of the DD Form 362 d File completed DD Forms 362 1 File copy 5 in the suspense file 2 File copy 2 in unit supply file 3 Destroy the suspense copy NOTE Statement of Charges Cash Collection Vouchers supporting loss damage destruction of non expendable property which liability is admitted will be filed in the Supporting Document Files at the property book office Statement of Charges Cash Collection Vouchers supporting loss damage destruct
233. match an existing serial number NOTE For a single serial number enter the same number in both fields The number must match an existing serial number For all serial numbers enter 0 in the Begin Serial Number field and ZZZZZZZZZZZZZ in the End Serial Number field 3 Click the search button to execute the search NOTE When the query returns 1 Click the system Number listing button to print the System Number Listing using Excel 2 Click the print button to print the Component Inquiry Listing using Excel 3 46 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 15 Add a Component serial number to a Component Sub hand Receipt utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 3 4 2 1 1 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu Screen b Click Hand Receipt c Click Unit Level Hand Receipts d Click Component CHR SHR 4 to display the default tab e Click the End Item NSN to display the Component Modify Screen NOTE The serial number field contains a Y if there is a serial number and an N if there is no serial number f Click the Y in the Serial Number field to display the Component Serial Numbers screen with serial number data g Click the N in the Serial Number field to display the Component Serial Numbers screen without serial number data h Click the Insert button to put the Component Serial Numbers screen in the insert mode Enter the component s serial number j Click the apply button and
234. ment data 1 Complete all management data entries in pencil 2 Location column Enter each hand receipt file number for which the item has been issued 3 Quantity Authorized column Leave blank on substitution pages 4 Quantity On Hand column Enter the balance listed on the last transaction line in Accounting Data 3 148 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Document Number column Enter the document numbers for any due in items by location 6 Quantity Due in column Enter the quantity due in 7 Use Remarks block for recording any other data needed such as a Enter the quantity by lot number and any suspension notices for ammunition b Enter the quantity by lot number and inspection test date for Class basic load c Enter the lot number and the quantity on hand of each lot for protective masks d Enter the reason why item is still retained on hand for deleted inactive obsolete or terminal NSN or LIN e Post entries to DA Form 3328 1 1 Serial Registration Number column Enter the serial registration number in ink or by typewriter when required 2 Location column Enter in pencil the hand receipt number to which the item is issued f File all supporting documents that support entries to the property book in the supporting document file 4 Correct entries to DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 12 a Correct mistakes that do not aff
235. ments File 710 2a 12 File the inventory results in accordance with AR 25 400 2 Appendix B b Perform the required post inventory actions for specific inventories as follows 1 Perform post inventory actions for a receipt and issue of property inventory Report discrepancies in the receipt and accounting of Communications Security COMSEC equipment as a violation of physical security per DA Pamphlet 25 380 2 2 Perform post inventory actions for a change of hand receipt holder inventory a Report damaged equipment to unit maintenance personnel for corrective action b Report any discrepancies found during the inventory to the accountable officer 3 Perform post inventory actions for a tool room inventory by accounting for all discrepancies in accordance with AR 735 5 4 Perform post inventory actions for a cyclic inventory a Report damaged equipment to unit maintenance personnel for corrective action b Report all differences pertaining to property book items to the PBO using appropriate property accounting procedures c Submit requests for issue to replace shortages d Record the results of the inventory on the memorandum that designated which items were to be inventoried NOTE State in the memorandum that required items were completely inventoried the name of the individual who conducted the inventory and that differences have been accounted for according to AR 735 5 and DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 3 58 30 April 2008 STP 10 9
236. n 7 File completed turn in documents in the Unit Supply Files Reference AR 25 400 2 Appendix B Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Identified items for turn in Prepared the property to be turned in Prepared turn in documents Assigned a Document number to the turn in document Processed requests for Turn In utilizing the PBUSE System Turned in Property N O On FBP W N Filed completed turn in documents in the Unit Supply Files Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 710 2 AR 25 400 2 LOCAL SOP AR 735 5 DA FORM 581 DA FORM 1687 DA FORM 2062 DA FORM 2064 DA FORM 2765 1 DA FORM 5811 R DA PAM 710 2 1 TB 380 41 30 April 2008 3 63 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Perform Lateral Transfer of Property 101 92Y 1024 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment given the requirement to perform a lateral transfer of property Given the property book records blank DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn In DA Form 2064 Document Regis
237. n DODAAC Functions tab 3 92 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Click the Add Modify DSU SSA DODAAC button to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen DSU SSA DODAAC Code Table VMPT 4H displayed 5 Click the appropriate underscored DSU SSA DODAAC to display the DSU SSA DODAAC Update screen 6 Modify add the desired information Mandatory fields are in red 7 Click the Apply button to save information 8 Click OK to the message Record updated successfully 4 Delete organizational data Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 5 5 1 3 a Delete unit data 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Select Administration to display the Administration menu 3 Click DODAAC Functions to display the Organization Data screen DODAAC Functions tab 4 Click the Add Modify DODAAC button to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen MILSTRIP Property Book Code Table VMPT 40 displayed 5 Click the Delete checkbox s for the desired DODAAC 6 Click OK to the message Are you sure you want to delete the selected record s 7 Click OK to the message Record s deleted successfully NOTE Records with assets cannot be deleted b Delete PBO data 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Select Administration to display the Administration menu 3 Click View Maintain Organizational Data to display the Organization Data screen View Maintain Organization tab 4 Click the UIC
238. n Listing to display the screen c To view the report click the First Prev Next or last buttons as desired d To search the listing for specific record s 1 Click the search button to display the search screen 2 Click the LOV fields and then click the desired values 3 Enter the search criteria and click the Execute Query button to display the results 3 28 30 April 2008 Performance Steps e To print the listing click the Print button to open the report using Microsoft Excel Once the report is displayed in Microsoft Excel 1 Click File located on the toolbar to display the File menu 2 Click Print and select the desired printing buttons 3 Click OK to print the listing 4 Click Close to exit from Microsoft Excel STP 10 92Y12 SM TG NOTE To view and or print the entire listing click the Entire Report button and then when prompted click the Continue button When completed the report will be available for downloading from the Download Commander s Report function Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures 1 O o N O oO A OO N a i l U N gt Determined authorization documents required to request supplies Selected correct request form or method Processed a manual DA Form 581 as a Request for issue of Ammunition Processed a manual DA Form 581 as a Request for turn
239. n for issue to information 1 Individual receiving the weapon prints his or her name 2 Individual receiving the weapon enters his or her signature as it appears on DA Form 3749 5 Issue individual assigned unit weapons Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 6 a b c d e Obtain DA Form 3749 from the Soldier receiving the weapon Perform a comparison of each Soldier s DA Form 3749 with the MAL to make sure there is no unauthorized issue of weapons Place the DA Form 3749 in the weapons slot until the weapon is returned Ensure weapon serial number matches the serial number on the MAL and the DA Form 3749 Issue the weapons to the individual NOTE If the weapon is going to be out over 24 hours ensure the individual receiving the weapon completes entries on the weapons ammunition control log 6 Issue unassigned weapons using DA Form 3161 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 4 and Figure 5 4 NOTE Use temporary hand receipt procedures when issuing unassigned weapons Control log entries are also required a b 3 126 Prepare DA Form 3161 in two copies 1 Enter an X in the Issue block 2 Enter number of sheets consecutively in the Sheet No block 3 Enter the total number of sheets in the No Sheets block 4 Block 1 Enter name and the UIC if applicable of the organization unit section squad receiving the issue 5 Block 2 Enter name and the UIC if
240. n if desired l Click the Apply button m Click the Ok button on the Post confirmation box n Click the Ok button on the Document Number dialog box 9 Post an Asset Adjustment Decrease Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 4 3 2 Access the PBUSE MODULE Main menu b Click Property Book c Click Asset Adjustments to display the Asset Adjustment screen d Click Suspense Actions to display the Suspense Actions tab Click the Find button to display the Doc No search screen f Click the Doc No NOTE Enter a complete document number and click the GO button or enter a partial document number click the GO button and then click the Doc No g Change the Adjustment Quantity if necessary h Click the Insert button to display the Select Serial Numbers screen if necessary i Click the Select checkbox adjacent to the material item s j Click the Apply button k Click the Close button to return to the Suspense Actions tab Click the Print button to print a copy of the transaction if desired m Click the Apply button n Click the OK button on the Post confirmation box o Click the OK button on the Document Number dialog box o O 10 Delete Items from an Asset Adjustment Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 4 3 3 Access the PBUSE MODULE Main menu Click Property Book Click Asset Adjustments to display the Asset Adjustment screen Click Suspense Actions to display the Suspense Act
241. n machine gun caliber 50 Browning M2 heavy barrel Reference DA Pamphlet 750 8 TM 9 1005 213 10 and TM 9 1005 213 23 amp P a Safety requirements 1 Clear weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 213 10 operator s manual for detailed instructions 2 Wear safety goggles 3 Tool and special tool includes only the standard tool set applicable to the procedure 4 Use the over and under method to carry the M2 machine gun NOTE OF CAUTION Do not pick up the M2 machine gun by the backplate assembly b Disassemble of M2 machine gun 1 Clear weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 213 10 operator s manual for detailed instructions 2 Remove back plate assembly 3 Remove the drive spring rod assembly 4 Remove the bolt stud 5 Remove the bolt assembly 6 Remove the barrel buffer assembly 7 Remove the barrel extension assembly 8 Remove the receiver assembly c Check weapon for serviceability d Perform organizational maintenance as required e Perform cleaning and lubrication 1 Use break free CLP LSA to lubricate weapons 2 Clean with soft cloth and weapon cleaning kit 3 Wipe dry with a cloth and apply a light coat of CLP LSA 4 Refer to TM 9 1005 213 10 for detailed cleaning and lubrication instructions f Reassemble the M2 machine gun 1 Reassemble the buffer and barrel extension group Replace the barrel extension group Replace the barrel buffer group Replace the bolt group Replace the bolt stud DISCORS GSLSN 2 3 4
242. n on the Document Number confirmation box NOTE If the Action taken is an increase and the item requires a serial lot or registration number A partially complete Add Serial NO Registration No Lot No screen appears Enter the required information and click the Apply button Click the OK button on the Document Number confirmation box The window will refresh to allow further input Click Close to exit the process j To Delete a Material Item associated with a LIN 1 Click the LIN in the lower half of the screen to open up the Material Item Asset Adjustments screen Enter the G L DODAAC Click the Delete button Click the YES button in the delete confirmation box 2 3 4 5 Click the OK button on the document number confirmation box 8 Process the adjustment document to obtain relief from responsibility for property Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 12 a Obtain all required signatures for the adjustment document being used for relief from responsibility for property b Enter the document number from the appropriate servicing PBO c Post adjustment s to the property records d e File copy of adjustment document in the unit suspense files Forward adjustment documents to appropriate approval authority 9 Complete final disposition of an adjustment document to obtain relief responsibility for property Reference AR 735 5 Chapter 12 a Verify that final action was completed as required by the approving
243. n to Property BOOK 00 c ee eeceeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeianeeeeeaes 3 146 101 92Y 2102 Manage Hand Receipts Subhand Receipts eccceecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 153 101 92Y 2103 Maintain Authorizations c cece eceee ee eeneeeeeeeeee ee eaaeeeeeenaeeeeeeieeeeesneeeeeenaees 3 157 101 92Y 2104 Process a Lateral Transfer of Property 00 cccceeceeeceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeteeeeeeeaaes 3 160 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG PAGE Subject Area 7 Absentee Property Accountability Procedures 101 92Y 2201 Account for Absentee s Clothing Equipment and Personal Effects 3 162 101 92Y 2202 Determine Disposition of Absentee s Clothing Equipment and Personal EAE A a cde E E ta thet a oda dan te E atin ce hes alate dele 3 164 Subject Area 8 Relief from Property Responsibility Procedures 101 92Y 2003 Obtain Relief From Responsibility for Property ce cccceeeeceeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeeeas 3 167 Chapter 4 Duty Position Tasks cc cccccseceeecvetteeseetectencdstceeeecusnenes eetuet ene eeceseeuteciessentuereeeveecneeveeceseevteae 4 1 Appendix A Hands On Evaluation ccccccecesseeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeneeseeeeee sens seaneeseeeeesensseaeeeseseseseesecaneeeeeeens A 1 Appendix B Field Expedient Squad Book ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeceeeeeseeseaneeseeeeeeseeeeeseeeeneas B 1 GOSS ANY aces hectic he eck T E T E E otis ceetucwien sh aban A E ode ceuataa
244. nd Preserve the property only to the extent needed to protect them during movement to the SOS d Prepare a Component Shortage list if there are any shortages using DA Form 2062 Hand Receipt Annex Number 3 Prepare turn in documents a Prepare DA Form 581 Request for Turn in of Ammunition Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 3 Figure 11 9 NOTE There are currently no specific forms used when turning in F O I Found on Installation property Each local SSA will determine the specific forms to use when turn in F O I property 1 Block 1 Leave blank Block 2 Enter a X Block 3 Enter the document number from the Document Register Block 4 Enter any information in accordance with local policy Block 5 Enter the total number of DA Forms 581 and DA Forms 5811 R Certificate Lost or Damaged Class 5 Ammunitions Items with this document number Block 6 Leave blank Block 7 Enter the name and address of the supporting ASP Block 8 Enter name address and UIC of using unit Block 9 Enter appointment date and time at ASP Block 10 Leave blank Block 11 Leave blank Block 12 Enter the using unit s DODAAC Block 13a Enter name of authorized requester as indicated by using unit s DA Form 1687 Notice of Delegation of Authority Receipt for Supplies 14 Block 13b Enter the Julian date request prepared 15 Block 13c Enter signature of authorized requester as indicated by using unit s DA For
245. nd destroyed Class IV property 5 Account for Class V property References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 7 paragraph 7 7 a Identify Class V Property 1 Basic Loads 2 Operational Loads 3 Training Loads b Account for Class V Basic loads 1 Receipt of Class V Basic Loads 2 Issue Class V Basic Loads 3 Turn in Class V Basic Loads c Account for Class V Operational loads 1 Receipt of Class V Basic Loads 2 Issue Class V Basic Loads 3 Turn In Class V Basic Loads d Account for Class V Training Loads 1 Receipt of Class V Training Loads 2 Issue Class V Training Loads 3 Turn in Class V Training Loads e Account for lost damaged and destroyed Class V property 6 Account for Class VI property References FM 4 0 Chapter 6 paragraphs 6 34 through 6 37 a Identify Class VI Personal Demand Items b Account for Class VI property 1 Receipt of Class VI property 2 Issue Class VI property 3 Turn in of Class VI property 3 2 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 7 Account for Class VII property References AR 735 5 Chapter 7 paragraphs 7 1 through 7 7 a Identify Class VII property 1 Non expendable a Classified b Sensitive c COMSEC 2 Durable Property 3 Expendable Property b Account for Class VII Non expendable Property 1 Receipt of Non expendable property 2 Issue Non expendable property 3 Turn In Non expendable property c Account for Cla
246. nds a strategy for cross training Soldiers e Recommends a strategy for training Soldiers to perform higher level tasks Use this STP along with STP 21 1 SMCT Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks Skill Level 1 STP 21 24 SMCT Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks SMCT Warrior Leader Skill Levels 2 4 Army training and evaluation programs ARTEPs FM 25 4 How to Conduct Training Exercises FM 25 5 Training for Mobilization and War FM 7 0 Training the Force and FM 7 1 Battle Focused Training to establish effective training plans and programs that integrate Soldier leader and collective tasks 1 2 Task Summaries Task summaries outline wartime performance requirements for each critical task in the STP They provide both Soldier and trainer with the information necessary to prepare conduct and evaluate critical task training As a minimum task summaries include information Soldiers must know and skills they must perform to standard for each task Following is the task summary format e Task number The task number is a 10 digit number that identifies the task and SL Include the task number and title in any correspondence relating to the task e Task title The task title identifies the action to be performed e Conditions The task conditions statement describes the field or garrison conditions under which the task will be performed and identifies the equipment tools references job aids and supporting personnel that the Soldier needs
247. ne gun 5 56mm M249 with equipment Reference DA Pamphlet 750 8 TM 9 1005 201 10 and TM 9 1005 201 238 amp P a Safety Requirements 1 Clear weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 201 10 operator s manual for detailed instructions 2 Wear safety goggles 3 Tool and special tools includes only the standard tool set applicable to the procedure 4 Carry weapon at port arms b Disassemble of the M249 machine gun 1 Clear the weapon Refer to TM 9 1005 201 10 operator s manual for detailed instructions 2 Raise cover assembly 3 Pull the upper retaining pin at the rear of the receiver to the left 4 Let the buttstock and buffer assembly pivot downward so that the rear opening on receiver is completely free 5 By holding weapon with one hand on the buttstock simultaneously push in and upward on the rear end of return rod and transfer mechanism assembly with thumb of other hand The return rod and transfer mechanism assembly is now released from positioning groove inside receiver Withdraw the return rod and transfer mechanism assembly and spring 6 Separate spring from return rod and transfer mechanism assembly 7 Pull the cocking handle to the rear Slide the operating rod slide and bolt assembly out the rear of the receiver 8 Rotate the bolt clockwise to disengage the lug and pull it out of the slide assembly 9 To separate slide assembly from the piston assembly press the retaining pin to the left using a cleaning
248. ned for reasons of health safety expense difficulty to maintain or handling Reference AR 735 5 Table 12 2 Submit an abandonment order to installation or division commander and then use as property adjustment voucher Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Determined method of obtaining relief from responsibility for damaged property 2 Determined method of relief from responsibility for lost or destroyed property 3 Determined method of obtaining relief from responsibility for damaged lost or destroyed items under special situations Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 15 6 AR 190 11 DA PAM 710 2 1 FEDLOG LOCAL SOP 30 April 2008 3 169 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Chapter 4 Duty Position Tasks 92Y Unit Supply Specialist Unit Supply Spec CMF 92 Major Duties The unit supply specialist supervises or performs duties involving request receipt storage issue accountability and preservation of individual organizational installation and expendable supplies and equipment Duties for MOS 92Y at SLs 1 and 2 are MOSC 92Y10 Receives inspects inventories loads unloads segregates stores issues delivers and turns in organization and
249. nent Listing Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 1 2 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu click catalog and then click Component to display the Component Data screen with the Master Component Listing Tab LOGSA tab defaulted then click the User Created tab b View a listing 1 Click the UIC LOV and click the desired UIC or click the Find button and type the desired UIC and then click the find button 2 Click the Sort By LOV and select the desired sort sequence 3 Click the Next Prev First or Last buttons to page through the listing 3 96 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Click the desired End Item NSN to display the associated NSN information 5 Click the desired End Item NSN from the bottom block to display the user subcomponent data screen 6 Copy Component Data to another UIC Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 2 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu click catalog and then click Component Data screen with the master component listing LOGSA tab defaulted then click the copy component data tab b View Component data 1 Click the next or prev buttons as desired to page through the list 2 Click the first or last buttons to jump to the first or last page of the list 7 View User Created Component Records Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 3 a Access the PBUSE Module Main menu b Click catalog c Click component to disp
250. nfirmation box aooo Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures 1 O o N O a A W N N N N NO HO oA 2 MA A A A M AA OUO N a O O N DO Oa BP O N Opened an Ammunition Request Document Added Lines to an Ammunition Request Document Added Remarks to an Ammunition Request Document Printed an Ammunition Request Document Canceled an Ammunition Request Submitted an Ammunition Want Slip to the PBO Posted PBO Disposition to a Want Slip Submitted an Ammunition Request Document to the Ammunition Supply Point Exported a File from the Ammunition Supply Point Receipted for an Ammunition Request Receipted for Un requested Ammunition Opened a Post Post Ammunition Request Modified an Ammunition Receipt Line Deleted an Ammunition Receipt Line Added Notes from the ASP Processed an ASP Rejection Completed an Ammunition Receipt Re opened an Ammunition Receipt Imported a File from the ASP Issued Ammunition to a Subhand Receipt Holder Printed an Ammunition Control Document Updated a System Generated Ammunition or Residue Turn In Added Remarks to Turn In Document Posted Confirmation Status to a Turn In Document 3 110 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO 25 Exported a File to the ASP
251. nge documents are on hand for transactions and adjustment documents Determine if the hand receipt is being updated at least every six months based on the date of oldest change document I Verify that change documents for hand receipts are being destroyed after being posted m Verify items issued on component hand receipts are issued to the intended user n Determine if the unit is using temporary hand receipt procedures when issuing equipment for less than thirty days o Verify hand receipt is placed in the appropriate unit supply file b c d e f g h k 2 Review DA Form 2062 used as component hand receipt 30 April 2008 a Verify component hand receipt holder is still assigned to unit b Verify items issued on component hand receipt are being issued to intended user c Verify shortages are annotated on component hand receipt d Verify all authorized equipment is listed on component hand receipt e Verify all authorized equipment is on hand or on request f Verify the document number s are recorded on component hand receipt to show due ins Verify end item stock number is entered Verify end item description is entered i Verify recorded publication data is correct j Verify the quantity of end item is correct k Verify change documents are on hand for transactions affecting the component hand receipt on hand balance I Verify the
252. nnecessary materials are removed Verify that file folder labels are correct Verify that follow up action is taken on incomplete actions and that the files will not be prematurely closed h Verify that suspense files are disposed of when the applicable action is complete Verify that PBUSE parameter files are current Q nO 2 Assist supply personnel in correcting deficiencies in unit supply files Reference AR 25 400 2 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 2 a Take action to obtain missing documents b If missing documents cannot be found prepare a memorandum outlining the action taken c Purge any unnecessary documents from the unit supply files d Dispose of any inactive unit supply files e Follow up to verify that corrective actions have been completed Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Verified that all unit supply files are being maintained properly 2 Assisted supply personnel in correcting deficiencies in unit supply files Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 142 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG References Required Related AR 25 400 2 30 April 2008 3 143 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Subject Area 6 Property Book Procedures Supervise the Inventory of Property 101 92Y 2002 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply
253. nsanstavezestacver Glossary 1 RETCRON EEE cnr nceteccesssacnadeccedecetasstnsiceceindaiadssnaisecndeceiasabestcecesateiaassnaieeieatecidadudescceceteasaesenase References 1 30 April 2008 iii STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Preface This publication is for skill levels SLs 1 and 2 Soldiers holding military occupational specialty MOS 92Y It contains standardized training objectives in the form of task summaries that you can use to train and evaluate yourself on critical tasks that support unit missions during peacetime and wartime Soldiers holding MOS 92Y and SL 1 and 2 should have access to this publication It should be made available in work areas unit learning centers and installation MOS libraries All tasks in this publication are trained to peacetime wartime conditions and apply to the Active Army the Army National Guard Army National Guard of the United States and the US Army Reserve unless otherwise stated The proponent of this publication is the United States Army Training and Doctrine Command USATRADOC Prepare comments and recommendations using DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms and forward them directly to Department of the Army Training Directorate Sustain Division ATTN ATCL TDS 401 First Street Fort Lee Virginia 23801 1511 iv 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 General This Soldier Training Publication STP identifies individual MOS training requirem
254. nt number to the DA Form 3161 1 Assign a document number from the non expendable document register Document number is the DODAAC Julian date and serial number 2 Enter the document number in block 3 of DA Form 3161 NOTE Contact the property book officer for non expendable document number e Obtain the signatures 1 Enter the losing PBO signature in block 13 2 Enter the approving authority s signature above his or her signature block This will normally be done under the justification statement in the item description column 4 Record the lateral transfer on DA Form 2064 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 Figure 2 5 a Column a Enter the Julian date b Column b Enter the assigned four digit document serial number c Column c Enter the last three digits of the gaining units DODAAC d Column d Leave blank e Column e Enter lateral transfer f Column f I Leave blank g Column m Enter the Julian date that the lateral transfer was completed NOTE The document number has been recorded on the document register Proceed with the transfer of supplies and equipment Submit requests for cancellation AC1 for all open requests for components pertaining to the item being laterally transferred 5 Transfer property to the gaining unit Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 3 paragraph 3 19 a Notify the gaining unit s PBO that the property is ready for transfer b Verify action has
255. nter in Block 2 the unit s DODAAC Julian Date and series number Enter in Block 3 the item number Enter in Block 4 the Stock Number and Line Item Number Enter in Block 5 the correct description of the articles pertaining to the type of action involved Enter in Block 6 the Army Recoverability Code Enter in Block 7 the Unit of Issue ag 09nAan aewo 3 74 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps h Enter in Block 8 the quantity NOTE The information in the change from area located above the line in the center of the page is the information that is to be changed from The information in the change to area located below the line in the center of the page is the information that is to be changed to i Enter in Block 4 the Stock Number and Line Item Number j Enter in Block 5 the correct description of the articles pertaining to the type of action involved k Enter in Block 6 the Army Recoverability Code Enter in Block 7 the Unit of Issue m Enter in Block 8 the Quantity n Enter in Block 9 the Authority Authorizing the change such as AR 710 2 and DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Enter in Block 10 the appropriate block that affects the change Enter in Block 11 the Initiating Officer signature Enter in Block 12 the date the Initiating Officer signs the document Enter in Block 13 the PBO s signature s Enter in Block 14 the date the PBO signs the document NOTE The AAR will not be used
256. number and line item number LIN for each item being transferred 18 Column 12c Enter enough words to identify each item being transferred Include item serial numbers if applicable Also provide reportable item control code RICC for those items reportable under CBS X Columns 12h 12j Leave blank 19 Column 12d Enter the unit of issue of each item being transferred 20 Column 12e Enter the quantity of each item being transferred 21 Column 12f Leave blank 22 Column 12g Leave blank Gaining organization will enter quantity received 23 24 and sign this block Include rank 3 66 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 25 Block 14 Leave blank 26 Block 15 The PBO of the gaining organization will print name date and sign this block Include rank NOTE After the last item enter the justification for the lateral transfer Enter Lateral Transfer Approved By and the signature block of the approving authority if known United States Army Reserve USAR units do not require a signature on the lateral transfer USAR units must attach a copy of the letter from the MUSARC MSC directing the transfer c Document any component shortages 1 Prepare DA Form 2062 Hand Receipt Annex Number as hand receipt annex and list any component shortages 2 Attach the original copy of the hand receipt annex to the gaining unit s copy of the lateral transfer d Assign a docume
257. nventories Section NOTE The keys will be inventoried when the key custodian changes or when required for a Semiannual inventory 2 Enter inventory date 3 Print name and enter signature of the person conducting the inventory d Store current DA Form 5513 in a locked container e Secure keys 1 Secure keys in a locked container in designated area NOTE Keys will not be removed from the installation 2 Store Arms Ammunition and Explosives AA amp E and Intrusion Detection System IDS keys together NOTE These keys will be secured on a welded ring and maintained separately from other keys and accessible only to individuals whose official duties require access Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement 30 April 2008 3 129 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Received weapons from the Source of Supply SOS Created a Master Authorization List MAL Prepared DA Form 3749 Created a Weapons Ammunition Control Log for issue and turn in Issued individual assigned unit weapons Issued unassigned weapons using DA Form 3161 Issued unassigned weapons using DA Form 2062 oN O o A W N Received weapons turned in by Soldiers using the Weapons Ammunition Control Log 9 Conducted change of custody of arms room storage
258. nventory the Soldier s property in the presence of the individual 2 Verify that the Soldier signs inventory documents 3 File the original copy with the Soldier s property 4 Store property in a secure storage area 5 File remaining copies in accordance with local SOP Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Inventoried absentee clothing equipment and personal effects 2 Processed an absentee Soldier s clothing equipment and personal effects Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 700 84 AR 735 5 DA PAM 600 8 DA PAM 710 2 1 30 April 2008 3 163 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Determine Disposition of Absentee s Clothing Equipment and Personal Effects 101 92Y 2202 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to determine disposition of absentee s clothing equipment and personal effects Given AR 700 84 Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures DA Pamphlet 600 4 A Guide for the Survivors of Deceased Army Members DA Pamphlet 600 8 Management and Administrative Procedures DA Form 3078 Personal Clothing R
259. ocument number Click the OK button on the dialog box The receipted ammunition is displayed Enter the Qty To Turn in 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps k Click the Remarks button to enter remarks if desired l Click the Apply button m Click Ok on the confirmation box NOTE The quantity entered cannot exceed the quantity of live ammunition turned in to the primary hand receipt holder 27 Create a User Created Residue Turn In Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 5 3 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Turn In to display the Ammunition screen Turn In AMMO 4 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Receipt Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the Insert button Click the Residue radio button Click the Apply button Click the OK button on the dialog box Click the Insert Item button to display the Insert Residue Item screen Enter data in the required fields Click Apply Click the Remarks button to enter remarks if desired Click the Apply button Click OK on the confirmation box 28 Create a Post Post Ammunition Turn In to the ASP Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 5 2 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Turn In to display the Ammunition screen Turn In AMMO 4 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a VIC Click the Receipt Doc No LOV to select the document number Click
260. oint optional at Unit level 13 RIC Enter the RIC that identifies the Forward Distribution Point FDP or other activity having management responsibility for the requested item 14 AUTH LIN Enter the Authorized Line Item Number if desired when requesting a property book item 15 SUBLIN Enter the Substitute Line Item number if requesting a substitute NSN for a property book item if desired 16 PBIC Click the LOV and then click the appropriate PBIC 17 ECS Click the LOV and then click the appropriate Equipment Concentration Site if desired 18 MEDIA STATUS Click the LOV and then click the appropriate Media Status Code to identify the type of status to be furnished and to whom 19 DEMAND CODE Click the LOV and then click the appropriate Demand Code This code indicates whether the demand is recurring or nonrecurring 20 SIGNAL CODE Click the LOV and then click the appropriate Signal Code The Signal Code designates the fields in MILSTRIP documents that contain the intended unit activity ship to 21 PROJECT CODE Enter a project code if desired The project code identifies special projects programs certain operations and or exercises and maneuvers 22 TYPE REQ CODE Click the LOV and then click the appropriate Type Requirement Code or enter an End Item Code EIC The type requirement code is used when requisitioning major end items Class 7 23 PRIORITY CODE Click the LOV and then click the appropriate Pr
261. oldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 30 April 2008 3 165 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG References 3 166 Required Related AR 25 400 2 AR 700 84 DA PAM 600 8 DA PAM 710 2 1 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Subject Area 8 Relief from Property Responsibility Procedures Obtain Relief From Responsibility for Property 101 92Y 2003 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to obtain relief from property responsibility for damaged lost or destroyed property Given AR 700 84 Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing AR 735 5 Policies and Procedures for Property Accountability DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures DD Form 200 Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss DA Form 7531 Checklist and Tracking Document for Financial Liability Investigations of Property Loss DD Form 362 Statement of Charges Cash Collection Voucher DA Form 3078 Personal Clothing Request FEDLOG CDs a computer and the unit s local standing operating procedures SOPs Standards For each item lost damaged or destroyed determine the best method of obtaining relief from responsibility and still maintain 100 percent accountability Performance Steps 1 Determine method of obtaining relief from
262. omplete other modification requests if required j Return to the Request Processes Menu 30 April 2008 3 27 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 14 Prepare an automated request for modification of an Unsent Request References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 13 pages 9 31 and 9 32 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu b Click MILSTRIP Order Item and then click the Modify Unsent Request option to display the tab c Click the Find button to display the Doc No Search d Type the desired Document Number search criteria 1 to 14 positions and click the Go button and or click the Document Number Link to display the Modify Unsent Request tab with the results NOTE Complete the Modification or click the Cancel Request Button Any or all of the fields not grayed out may be modified For fields with an LOV click the LOV and then click the appropriate value For fields without an LOV enter the appropriate value Mandatory fields are highlighted in red If mistakes are made while changing information click the UNDO button to clear the screen and start over e Click the Apply button and then click OK to the Request Document has been modified message NOTE MILSTRIP transactions are sent to the FDP using interfaces SARSS 1 Download Files function After the modifier has been saved to continue to process modifiers click the Document Number Find button and repeat steps as needed When finished with the Modify Unsent Reques
263. on Code P to Post NOTE The layout of the screen will change based upon the type of Asset Adjustment selected 7 Cancel an Asset Adjustment Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 4 3 a Access the PBUSE MODULE Main menu b Click Property Book c Click Suspense Actions to display the Asset Adjustment screen Suspense Actions TAB d Click the Type Act Code LOV to select the Type Action Code C to Cancel NOTE The layout of the screen will change based upon the type of Asset Adjustment selected 8 Post an Asset Adjustment New Item or Increase Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 4 3 1 a Access the PBUSE MODULE Main menu b Click Property Book c Click Asset Adjustments to display the Asset Adjustments screen 3 150 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps d Click Suspense Actions to display the suspense actions tab e Click the find button to display the Doc No search screen f Click the Doc No NOTE Enter a complete document number and click the GO button or enter a partial document number click the Go button and then click the Doc No g Change the Adjustment Quantity if necessary h Click the Insert button to display the Add Serial No Registration No Lot No screen if necessary i Enter the material item s information j Click the Apply button k Click the close button to return to the Suspense Actions tab NOTE Click the print button to print a copy of the transactio
264. on to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen MILSTRIP Property Book Code Table VMPT 40 displayed 5 Click the underscored INS code to display the MILSTRIP Property Book Update screen 6 Modify add the desired information Mandatory fields are in red 7 Click the Unit Type LOV and make desired selection 8 Click the Apply button to save information 9 Click OK to the message The Mailing Address for DODAAC WXXXXX is taken from the LOGSA DODAAC table 10 Click OK to the message Record updated successfully b Modify PBO data 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Select Administration to display the Administration menu 3 Click View Maintain Organizational Data to display the Organization Data screen View Maintain Organization tab 4 Click the UIC Unit Support Info button to display the UIC Unit Support Info screen 5 Click the Add Modify PBO button to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen Reference Lookup Table tab Property Book Origin Data displayed 6 Click the underscored UIC to display the Property Book Origin Data Update screen 7 Modify Add desired information Mandatory fields are in red 8 Click the Apply button to save information 9 Click OK to the message Record updated successfully c Modify DSU SSA data 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Select Administration to display the Administration menu 3 Click DODAAC Functions to display the Organization Data scree
265. ool bar to print the report Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures 1 N O oO FB W N 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 3 48 Determined appropriate accountable property records to use Prepared a DA Form 2062 as a hand receipt subhand receipt Prepared a DA Form 3161 as a Temporary Hand Receipt Prepared a DA Form 2062 as a Component Hand Receipt of an End Item Prepared a DA Form 2062 as a Component Hand Receipt for SKOs Prepared a DA Form 2062 as a Hand Receipt Shortage Annex Imported and receipts files from the Property Book Office to the commander s hand utilizing the PBUSE system Created a Permanent Subhand Receipt Holder record utilizing the PBUSE system Updated Sub Hand Receipt Holder Records utilizing the PBUSE system Printed a Unit Level Hand Receipt utilizing the PBUSE system Printed Organizational Hand Receipts from the Property Book Level utilizing the PBUSE system Printed Installation Hand Receipts from the Property Book Level utilizing the PBUSE system Modified Component Hand Receipts utilizing the PBUSE system Completed a Component Query utilizing the PBUSE system Added a Component serial number to a Component Subhand receipt utilizing the PBUSE system Modified a Component Serial Number to a Component Sub Hand Receipt utilizing the P
266. operty is controlled by the Company Commander or the Primary Hand Receipt Holder b Enter the required data NOTE Make all entries except signatures in ink or by typewriter Signatures will be handwritten in ink 1 Issue block Enter X 2 Sheet No block Number sheets consecutively 3 No Sheets block Enter total number of sheets 4 Block 1 a Enter the name and the UIC if applicable b Enter the name and rank of the person receiving property 5 Block 2 Enter the name and the UIC if applicable 6 Block 3 Enter Temporary Hand Receipt 7 Blocks 4 11 Leave blank 8 Block 12a Enter the item number in sequence for each item issued or turned in 9 Block 12b Enter the stock number of item issued or turned in 0 Block 12c a Enter a description of item b Enter serial numbers c Enter the condition code 1 Block 12d Enter the unit of issue 2 Block 12e Enter the quantity to be issued 3 Block 12f Enter an I for each item listed 4 Block 12g Verify that the person receiving the property enters the quantity 5 Enter NOTHING FOLLOWS below the last item entered on the form 6 7 8 1 Block 13 Enter your name rank date and signs this block Block 14 Leave blank Block 15 Verify the person receiving the issue prints name rank date and signs this block 19 Provide the person receiving the property with the second copy of DA Form 3161 20 Dispose of the temporary han
267. or each pre printed item in the Qty Column Block NOTE When turning in rags and webbed items most laundries use a formula of four pieces equaling one pound All these items should be weighed together and then the total weight multiplied by four to determine the total number of pieces to be returned on DA Form 1974 e Enter the item name in the blank space at the end of the Articles Column if an item is not pre printed 4 Turn in organizational laundry Reference FM 10 27 4 a Watch the laundry plant receiver clerk count the total number of pieces being turned in for cleaning b Ensure the correct quantity total is entered on the DA Form 1974 in the Total No Pieces Block c Count the organizational laundry again with the clerk if required to verify the quantity Ensure the laundry plant clerk signs DA From 1974 in the laundry column Receiver Block Enter your signature in the organization column s Delivered By Block SME NOTE If the laundry plant pickup collection point has direct exchange stock items should be directly exchanged If direct exchange stocks are not available you will have to return on a later day with your receipt copy for pick up d Ensure you receive a copy of DA Form 1974 for unit records 5 Receive organizational laundry Reference FM 10 27 4 a Count the laundry at the pickup collection point using the appropriate copies of DA Form 1974 to insure quantities received are correct b Return
268. ord in the list if available 3 Click the MILSTRIP Request link to input an order request for an item displayed on the user created catalog b View the user created catalog for a specific UIC click the UIC LOV and then click the desired UIC or click the find button to display the UIC search screen 1 Type the desired UIC 2 Click the find button to display the User created catalog screen unit level catalog tab for the UIC 30 April 2008 3 95 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps c Search for a specific record 1 Click the search button to display the unit created catalog search screen 2 Click the search LOV and click the desired field name 3 Enter the value and click the find button to display the search results d Modify a user created catalog record 1 Click on the LOV for fields with an LOV and then click on the desired value 2 Type the desired value for fields without an LOV 3 Click the apply button to save changes to the database NOTE Any or all of the fields not grayed out may be modified e Delete a unit created catalog record 1 Click the delete button on the desired unit created catalog record to display the delete conformation message 2 Click the yes button to delete message f Add a user created catalog record 1 Click the insert button to display the user created catalog screen in the add mode NOTE Catalog code definitions are contained in DA Pamphlet 708 2 2 Enter the new
269. order ammunition and explosives b Select DA Form 2765 1 Request for Issue or Turn in to request expendable durable and non expendable single line items with national serial number NSN listed on FEDLOG c Select DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn in to request the following types of supplies 1 Ten or more line items of supplies normally provided by a self service supply center SSSC when SSSCs are not available 2 Five or more line items of packaged Class III items 3 Expendable medical items within a medical facility 4 Five or more line items of supplies normally ordered on a recurring basis d Select DD Form 1348 6 DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document to request supplies in the following situations 1 Non NSN single line item 2 NSN single line item when the NSN is not listed on the FEDLOG 3 Modification work order MWO and modification kits 4 Classified items e Select the Request for Issue menu driver option to request items from automated and non automated supply sources Select the Request for Issue file driver option to request items to replenish shortages of components of end items determined in the component list processes Pal 3 20 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Process a manual DA Form 581 as Request for Issue of Ammunition References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 11 and Figure 11 8 a Prepare DA Form 581 as a request for issue 1 Issue blo
270. ow to do it correctly References Required Related AR 25 400 2 CTA 50 900 AR 700 84 LOCAL SOP DA FORM 3078 30 April 2008 3 113 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Prepare Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment OCIE Record 101 92Y 1206 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to prepare Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment Records Given AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM PBUSE End User Manual CTA 50 900 Clothing and Individual Equipment CTA 50 970 Expandable Durable Items central issue facility CIF standing operating procedures SOPs a newly assigned Soldier a blank DA Form 3645 Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment Record and or DA Form 3645 1 Additional Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment Record an organizational clothing and individual equipment record OCIE a computer system with internet access to the PBUSE database and a forms program Standards Prepare Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment records in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM and applicable SOP Performance Steps 1 Prepare DA Form 3645 for issue References AR 710 2 Chapter 2 Section Ill paragraph 2 14 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1
271. oyed Qty field NOTE The deployed quantity cannot exceed the O H Qty field Serial or lot numbered items must be selected individually The Deployed Qty field will be inaccessible 10 Click the NSN to display the Serial No Issuing Facility DODAAC screen 11 Click the Select checkbox for the item being deployed NOTE This applies to multiple quantities only 12 Enter the serial lot number or the Issuing Facility DODAAC if necessary 13 Enter the Deployed Qty NOTE It cannot exceed amount in the Qty column 14 Click the Apply button 15 Click the OK button on the dialog box NOTE Changing the status of an individual from Deployed to some other status automatically removes all items from the deployed quantity Transfer Personnel NOTE Use this process to initiate a transfer of an individual or group of individuals to another unit with all or part of the OCIE This is the first step in a multi step process After completing this process the losing PBO must perform the actions in the Personnel Transfer Suspense Next the Gaining Unit must perform the actions in the Holding Area Finally the Gaining Unit must complete the transfer by performing the actions for an Incoming Lateral Transfer paragraph 7 5 3 of the EUM 1 Access the PBUSE Main Menu 2 Click OCIE 3 118 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Click Personnel Transfer to display the OCIE Maintenance screen Personnel Transfer tab Click the UI
272. paragraph number Blocks 19 and 24 Record on this form the items and quantities of personal military clothing issued Excesses of personal military clothing above authorized levels will not be recorded on DA Form 3078 11 Block 30 Enter INVENTORIED BY and sign 12 Make certain that the witness and the unit commander or designated representative will verify and initial this form 13 Place the original copy of the inventory in the enlisted Soldier s duffel bag or other suitable container 14 Retain the other three copies in the unit suspense file pending further action 15 Secure the clothing in the unit s storage area or in a secured storage area designated by the installation commander c Prepare DA Form 3645 for organizational clothing and individual equipment OCIE in two copies as follows Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 1 Name block Enter the name of the absentee and inventoried according to DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 2 Quantity block Enter the quantity inventoried 3 Signature and date block Sign and date the form 4 Place the original inventory with the Soldier s OCIE 5 Place the copy in the unit absentee files with the Soldier s other DA Form 3645 and or DA Form 3645 1 Additional Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment Record 6 Secure the inventoried OCIE in unit facilities 3 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 3 162 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps d Prepare a plain bond pa
273. per inventory list for the inventory of personal civilian clothing property in accordance with DA Pamphlet 600 8 and AR 700 84 1 Prepare the plain bond paper inventory document in four copies 2 Record the absentee s name grade and SSN on all copies 3 Record the clothing as follows a Item number b Item description c Market value d Quantity on hand e Record high dollar items by make model and serial number f Place the original copy of the inventory with the clothing inventoried g Attach copies 2 3 and 4 with DA Form 3078 in unit supply files h Place the clothing in the unit s secure storage area e Turn all currency into the Finance and Accounting Office FAO in accordance with local SOP 2 Process an absentee Soldier s clothing equipment and personal effects a Account for a hospitalized Soldier s clothing equipment and personal effects Reference AR 700 84 DA Pamphlet 600 8 and DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 1 Inventory clothing and equipment after 120 hours 5 days 2 Transfer personal clothing to the medical facility 3 Verify that the Soldier signs the DA Form 3078 acknowledging receipt of the clothing 4 File the signed copy in accordance with local SOP b Account for the Soldier s clothing equipment and personal effects while on leave pass or temporary duty TDY Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 16 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 18c and DA Pamphlet 600 8 1 I
274. ply ANMCS request enter N for NMCS or E for ANMCS 12 Card column 65 66 Enter the proper advice code b Complete identification data section of DD Form 1348 6 Request for Issue for non NSN item 1 Block 6 Enter the type number date and page number of the authorizing publication 2 Block 7 Enter one or two words that describe the item requested 30 April 2008 3 23 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Block 8 Enter complete item description 4 Block 9 Enter end item application and other information if available c Record the DD Form 1348 6 in the appropriate document register d File one copy of DD Form 1348 6 in the due in status file e Forward the completed DD Form 1348 6 to the supporting SSA SOS 8 Prepare manual DD Form 1348 6 as a request for issue for an NSN item References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 Figure 2 4 a Complete the card column section of DD Form 1348 6 as a request for issue for an NSN item 1 Card column 8 20 Enter the NSN of the item requested 2 Card column 23 24 Enter the unit of issue 3 Card column 25 29 Enter the quantity requested 4 Card column 30 35 Enter the unit DODAAC 5 Card column 36 39 Enter the Julian date 6 Card column 40 43 Enter the serial number 7 Card column 44 Enter the demand code 8 Card column 54 56 Enter the proper EIC 9 Card column 57 59 Enter project code if assigned 0 Card column 60 61 Enter the priority designator 1 Card
275. produce on 8 x 11 inch paper The form also can be downloaded from the Army Publishing Directorate web site www apd army mil forms Enter the task title and 10 digit number for the task from the evaluation guide of the SM task summary In column a enter the number of each performance measure from the evaluation guide In column b enter the performance measure corresponding to the performance measure number in column a You may abbreviate this information if necessary Enter the feedback statement from the evaluation guide just below the last performance measure Locally reproduce the partially completed form if you are evaluating more than one Soldier on the task or the same Soldier on more than one task During the Evaluation Enter the date just before evaluating the Soldier s task performance Enter the evaluator s name and the Soldier s name and unit For each performance measure in column b enter a check in column c PASS or column d FAIL as appropriate Compare the number of performance measures the Soldier passes and if applicable which ones against the task standard shown in the feedback statement If the standard is met or exceeded check the GO block under STATUS otherwise check the NO GO block 30 April 2008 A 1 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG DATE HANDS ON EVALUATION For use of this form see STP 11 25514 SM TG the proponent agency is TRADOC 1 July 2007 TASK TITLE TASK NUMBER Receive Property 101
276. provides for separation of materials with a view towards reducing the risks of hazardous reactions c Store items of supply on the First In First Out FIFO principle this is based upon shelf life codes NOTE Occasionally storage personnel arranging items of supply by shelf life code will observe the shelf life for a specific item has expired Type items and inspection test dates have passed Type II items When this occurs notify your immediate supervisor and the supervisor will initiate the Quality Surveillance Program d Report all leaks and spills in accordance with unit SOP NOTE In the event of package container damage or evidence of leaks the supervisor will be notified and unit installation spill response procedures initiated Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Stored Class MREs Stored Class I expendable supplies Stored Class III petroleum products Stored Class IV expendable supplies Stored Class V ammunition in the unit s arms room Stored paint cylinders and flammable supplies N O Oo A W N Identified hazardous materials based upon placards labels marking and material safety data sheets MSDS 8 Selected personal protective equipment PPE when handling hazardous materials
277. quest from the Document Register and proper supply publication 2 Enter AC1 in Block 1 card columns 1 3 3 Enter the quantity to be cancelled in Block 8 4 Circle these entries using colored pencil or ink c Prepare an automated request for cancellation 1 Access the PBUSE Module Main menu 2 Click MILSTRIP Order Item and then click Cancel option to display the AC Cancel tab with default message NOTE If the item has already been shipped the user will not be allowed to cancel the request 3 Click the find button to display the Doc No Search 4 Type the desired Document Number search criteria 1 to 14 positions and click the Go button and or click the Document Number link to display the AC Cancel tab with the results 5 Click the DIC LOV to display the DIC s and then click the appropriate DIC 6 Enter the QTY requested to be canceled NOTE If a mistake is made while entering information click the UNDO button to clear the fields and start over 7 Click the apply button to process and post the Request for Cancellation DIC AC_ transaction to the Activity Register and to generate an output Request for Cancellation DIC AC_ transaction NOTE MILSTRIP transactions are sent to the FDP using interfaces SARSS 1 Download Files function 30 April 2008 3 31 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Record the Request for Cancellation of supplies in the Document Register References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chap
278. quipment lateral transfers using DA Form 3161 3 Property adjustment document a DD Form 200 b DA Form 4949 c DD Form 362 4 Other receipts or turn ins of equipment requiring property book accountability b Post accounting data to DA Form 3328 1 Enter all accounting data entries in ink or by typewriter 2 Date Posted column Enter the Julian date 3 Document Number column Enter the document number of the document being posted 4 Quantity Receive column Enter the quantity from the document that increases the balance on hand 5 Quantity Turn In column Enter the quantity from the document that decreases the balance on hand 6 Balance column Enter the current on hand balance as adjusted from the increase or decrease c Post management data to DA Form 3328 1 Enter all management data in pencil 2 Location column Enter each hand receipt file number to which the item has been issued or has the item due in 3 Quantity Authorized column Enter the total quantity authorized for each hand receipt or location 4 Quantity On Hand column Enter the total quantity issued on each hand receipt or location 5 Document Number column Enter the document numbers for any due in items by location 3 146 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Quantity Due In column Enter the quantity due in by location 7 Remarks block Use for recording the following types of data a Enter the quantity by lot num
279. r POSTED on the documents with the date and initials of the person doing the posting 4 Enter the reason why the document was not posted to the property book a Components of end item include the LIN b DA Form 4702 R Monthly Bulk Petroleum Accounting Summary that shows no gains or losses 5 Enter CANCELLED on all cancelled transaction documents with the Julian date and initials of the person doing the posting 6 Dispose of supporting document file in accordance with AR 25 400 2 2 Post single LIN authorization with two or more makes or models to DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 a Post the following types of transactions to the property book 1 Equipment issues and turn ins a DA Form 581 b DA Form 2765 1 c DA Form 3161 d DD Form 1348 1A 2 Equipment transfers using DA Form 3161 3 Property adjustment document a DD Form 200 b DA Form 4949 c DD Form 362 4 Other receipts or turn ins of equipment requiring property book accountability b Identify the correct DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 which requires entries to be posted 1 Filed behind the basic page 2 Post supply transactions to the appropriate make or model pages c Post accounting data to DA Form 3328 1 Enter all accounting data entries in ink or by typewriter 2 Date Posted column Enter the Julian date 3 Document Number column Enter the document number 30 April 2008 3 147 STP
280. r inventory Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 9 paragraphs 9 2 9 3 9 5 9 6 and 9 10 a Determine the type of inventory required b Check with the next higher headquarters for any special instructions c Determine the publications required for use during inventory d Verify availability of facilities for layout equipment e Determine the date time and place of inventory f Identify personnel to assist in the inventory 2 Conduct a physical inventory Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 9 paragraphs 9 2 9 4 9 6 9 10 and 9 11 a Perform the following general actions for all inventories 1 Check with the next higher headquarters for any special instructions 2 Verify inventory by using DA Pamphlet 25 30 that the current publications are available for use during inventory 3 Visually count and verify serial numbers of each item 4 Inform commander of inventory results 5 Report discrepancies to the accountable officer 6 Provide a copy of memorandum of inventory results to higher headquarters as required b Perform the following specific types of inventories 1 Conduct a receipt and issue inventory for property received from the SSA a Make sure the items are for your unit b Check the item to make sure it matches the description on the receipt document c Make sure the quantity received agrees with quantity recorded on the receipt document d Check end items for completeness NOTE Use the proper TM or
281. r issue or turn in on DA Form 3161 3 For training ammunition follow the procedures in DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Figure 11 9 4 Enter for other than request for issue or turn in a description of the form or action Examples are a S C for Statement of Charges b C C for Cash Collection c FLIPL for Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss d AAR for Administrative Adjustment Report f Column f 1 Enter hand receipt or equipment number or other locally assigned identification for which item is requested 2 Enter for supply requests that are required by a maintenance requester the job order number 3 Enter for adjustment documents such as Statement of Charges or Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss the applicable hand receipt number g Column g Enter the PD of the request for issue Otherwise leave blank h Column h 1 The person authorized to authenticate requests will place their initials in this column for each UND A and B request otherwise leave blank 2 Enter UND A and B for supply requests that are required by a maintenance request Other wise leave blank Initials are not required for requests that have been extracted from another register Column l 1 Enter the quantity requested 2 For training ammunition follow the procedures in DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Figure 11 9 3 For request for issue on DA Form 3161 leave blank 4 For other than request for issue leave blank j
282. ransfer NOTE This is from the OCIE Suspense Screens Holding Area tab 1 Click the Accept checkbox on the row being accepted or 2 Click the checkbox next to the Accept column label to select all individuals 3 Change Gaining UIC NOTE Change of the UIC is done only if necessary 4 Click the Apply button 5 Click the OK button on the dialog box message Lateral Transfer sent to Gaining PBO Incoming suspense que NOTE At this point the gaining PBO must use the Lateral Transfer Incoming Suspense Items process to accept the transfer 6 Gaining PBO actions PB Level ONLY a Access the PBUSE Main menu Click Property Book Click Lateral Transfers Click the Incoming Suspense Actions tab Click Find Enter Document Number b c d Select P from the Type Action Code LOV e f g h Click Generate Fed Form to print the Lateral Transfer document Select the Apply PBIC change to all items on the document checkbox Click Apply Click OK on the message box k 3 120 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 7 Gaining Unit Actions Gaining Supply Sergeant or Supply Clerk if Permissions Granted NOTE This is the final step in the Personnel Transfer Process a Click the Holding Area tab to open the OCIE Suspense Screens Holding Area tab NOTE The transfer record has been removed b Close the OCIE Suspense window c Select OCIE Clothing Record and the UIC d
283. rd Distribution Point using interfaces SARSS 1 Download Files Functions 2 Automated status is posted once the SARSS 1 Input Files function has been performed Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement 30 April 2008 3 33 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO 1 Identified open Supply Requests to be cancelled Prepared request for Cancellation of supplies Recorded request for Cancellation of supplies in the document register Submitted the request for cancellation of supplies to the appropriate SSA Prepared a follow up on a Request for Cancellation of supplies O oa A W N Posted request for cancellation of supplies to the document register Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM LOCAL SOP AR 25 400 2 AR 725 50 DA FORM 2064 DA PAM 710 2 1 FEDLOG 3 34 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Receive Property 101 92Y 1018 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment given the task to receive property Given DA Form 2064 Document Register for Supply Actions a local forms program ammunition loca
284. receipt c Verify line item number of item being posted to hand receipt subhand receipt d Verify serial number of item being posted to hand receipt subhand if required e Verify the nomenclature of item being posted to hand receipt subhand receipt f Verify unit of issue of item being posted to hand receipt subhand receipt g Verify size of item being posted to hand receipt subhand receipt if required 6 Verify change documents are destroyed when hand receipt subhand receipts are updated 7 Verify hand receipts subhand receipts are placed in the appropriate unit supply files 8 View activity Register Report ALL utilizing the PBUSE system Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 10 9 View Transactions affecting PB Balance utilizing the PBUSE system Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 10 10 Download An Entire Activity Register Report utilizing the PBUSE system Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 10 30 April 2008 3 155 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Reviewed hand receipt subhand receipts for accuracy 2 Verified that change documents have been accurately posted to hand receipt subhand receipts Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Require
285. ree 3 days of receipt e When receiving supplies and equipment using DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn In 1 Enter the quantity in the supply action column 2 Sign and print name rank and enter the date in block 15 3 Document discrepancies and report them to the SOS within three 3 days of receipt f When receiving supplies directly from a contractor or vendor do the following 1 If accompanied by a prepared commercial invoice DD Form 250 Materiel Inspection and Receiving Report Material Inspection and Receiving Report or DD Form 1155 Order for Supplies or Services process as follows a Sign and print your name and enter the date in block 22 of DD Form 250 b Sign and print your name and enter the date in block 26 of DD Form 1155 2 If not accompanied by any documentation prepare a DD Form 250 in 4 copies as follows a Block 7 Page of pages Block 11 Date shipped Block 13 Shipped to address Block 15 Item number Block 16 Description and document number for each item f Block 17 Quantity ship received g Block 18 Unit of issue h Block 22 Date and signature g File one copy of the DD Form 250 in the unit supply files h Post the receipt document to the appropriate property book if within three 3 working days of receipt File the receipt document in the supporting document files if appropriate j Forward a copy of the receipt document to the SOS within three 3 working of receiving
286. results c Cross level and report excess property to accountable officer d Prepare adjustment document s if required e Process any adjustment document s as a result of inventory f Prepare a memorandum with results of inventory between outgoing and incoming commander if required 3 144 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps g Provide a copy of memorandum of inventory results to higher headquarters if required h Place the inventory documents in the property record inspection and inventory report file 710 2d i Place copies of all adjustment documents in property book and supporting documents file 710 2a j Turn in overages as found on installation property k File the inventory results in accordance with AR 25 400 2 Appendix B Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Prepared for inventory 2 Conducted a physical inventory 3 Performed post inventory procedures Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 190 11 AR 25 400 2 AR 735 5 DA PAM 25 30 DA PAM 710 2 1 30 April 2008 3 145 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Post Transaction to Property Book 101 92Y 2101 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the ne
287. rial Items tab m Remove items from the transfer 1 Click the delete checkbox adjacent to the LIN 2 Click the Delete button NOTE To ensure selections are deleted click the Delete button before clicking the First Prev Next or last buttons n Click the OK button on the Delete confirmation box NOTE Once all items for transfer are selected click the Apply button to assign the document number and save to the database o Click the OK button to close the Document Number dialog box 0 7 Post a Lateral Transfer Document utilizing the PBUSE System Reference Create a Lateral Transfer document utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 5 2 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Property Book c Click Lateral Transfer to display the Lateral Transfer screen Material Items Tab d Click Outgoing Incoming Suspense Actions on the Lateral Transfer screen to display the Outgoing Incoming Suspense Actions tab e Click the find button to display the Doc No Search screen 3 68 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps f Click the Document Number to select the document NOTE If no document numbers appear enter a complete document number in the Doc No field and click the GO button or enter a partial document number click the GO button and then click the desired Document Number g Click the First Prev Next and Last buttons to navigate the list h Select the Type Action Code
288. room arms room keys property records access roster restricted area signs weapons ammunition control log equipment local standing operating procedures SOPs local forms program and a computer Standards Control weapons and ammunition in the arms room without losing supply accountability in accordance with AR 190 11 AR 190 13 AR 25 50 AR 25 400 2 AR 710 2 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 and local SOP Performance Steps 1 Receive weapons from the source of supply SOS References AR 190 11 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 2 AR 190 13 Chapter 6 paragraph 6 4 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 9 paragraph 9 2 a Inventory the items as follows 1 Verify that the items are for your unit 2 Verify that the item matches the description on the receipt document 3 Count all items 4 Inventory components of end items for completeness 5 Verify the serial lot numbers when items with serial lot numbers are received 6 Perform a visual check of the condition of the items NOTE If serviceability of an item is questionable notify the property book officer PBO 7 Sign the receipt document after actions in 1 through 6 above have been completed b Secure weapons in arms room racks and storage containers 1 Store arms in banded crates metal containers approved standard issue racks or locally fabricated arms racks and secured when not in use Standard issue approved metal wall lockers or metal cabinets may be used 2 Ensure that cr
289. rt System Army Tactical GCSS A T Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced Module PBUSE Module End User Manual 1 June 2006 Army Medical Department Expendable Durable Items 17 December 2004 Clothing and Individual Equipment 1 September 1994 Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment 1 August 1993 Expendable Durable Items Except Medical Class V Repair Parts and Heraldic Items 28 January 2005 Federal Logistics information system Updated Monthly CD ROM DVD Defense Logistics Information Service DLIS Defense Logistics Agency DLA Local SOP Military Marking for Shipment and Storage 5 December 2002 Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks Skill Level 1 14 December 2007 Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks SMCT Warrior Leader Skill Levels 2 4 2 October 2006 O Security Procedures for Safeguarding Accounting and Supply Control of COMSEC Material 15 March 2006 References 3 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Technical Manuals TM 9 1005 201 10 TM 9 1005 201 23 amp P TM 9 1005 213 10 TM 9 1005 213 238 amp P TM 9 1005 224 10 TM 9 1005 239 10 TM 9 1005 239 238 amp P TM 9 1005 317 10 TM 9 1005 317 238 amp P References 4 Operator s Manual for Machine Gun 5 56 MM M249 w Equip NSN 1005 01 127 7510 EIC 4BG TM 08671A 10 1 26 July 1991 Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Machine Gun 5 56MM M249 w Equip NSN 1005 01 127 7510 EIC 4BG TM 0867
290. s 1 2 1 6 Trainers Responsibilities mnene e cote e aa a aa a aaae a a a a a Ea a 1 3 T7 ranm SUPDOME Gide a a a aaa a E E a aaa 1 3 Chapter 2 MOS Training Plan assssaassssnunseennnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nennen na 2 1 PAI EEE e EERE AE E E A A A E E 2 1 2 2 Subject Area Codes naciana ea Aera eee indi ee Aina 2 2 2 3 Duty Position Training Requirement c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeencneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeieeeeeeaa 2 2 2 4 Critical Tasks Listeme geet esa ih at ct sees Jens i ese ect ee pent ee eet 2 3 DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION Approved for public release distribution is unlimited This publication supersedes STP 10 92Y12 SM TG 13 March 2003 30 April 2008 i STP 10 92Y12 SM TG PAGE Chapter 3 MOS Skill Level Tasks cccccecceseesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eaeeaeeeseeeeeseeaseaeeeseeeenesenseeeeeeeeeeneees 3 1 Skill Level 1 Subject Area 1 Basic Supply 101 92Y 1044 Account tor Property eian indeed EEE EA EAEE EEEa 3 1 101 92Y 1012 Maintain Required Publications cececeecseccececeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseccaeaeeeeeeeeeteeeseaeees 3 5 101 92Y 1013 Maintain Unit Supply Files ssnneneneeeennnenennseeeeennnrerssesttnrrenstenrrtrnrtnnnnnsernnnnnnnnnee renn 3 8 101 92Y 1014 Prepare Delegation of Authority Documents ssssssssresserrsseerrsssrrrssrerrssrrnssrenn 3 13 101 92Y 1015 Prepare a Document Register eee cece ee
291. s a lateral transfer Recorded the lateral transfer on DA Form 2064 Transferred property to the gaining unit Created a Lateral Transfer document utilizing the PBUSE System Posted a Lateral Transfer document utilizing the PBUSE System oN O o A W N Filed completed Lateral Transfer documents Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 30 April 2008 3 69 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG References 3 70 Required AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 25 400 2 AR 710 2 DA FORM 2062 DA FORM 2064 DA FORM 2407 DA FORM 2408 9 DA FORM 3161 DA FORM 3328 DA PAM 710 2 1 TM 38 711 13 P2 TEST Related AR 700 138 DA PAM 750 8 LOCAL SOP 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Process Property Adjustment Documents 101 92Y 1025 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment given the situation where property has been lost damaged or destroyed and property records need adjustment Givena blank DD Form 362 Statement of Charges Cash Collection Voucher DD Form 200 Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss DA Form 4949 Administrative Adjustment Report DA Form 2064 Document Register For Supply Actions AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management
292. s on non reportable equipment 2 Destroy completed form after transferring needed information to a new form 3 Transfer the following information from these blocks a Registration number b Administrative number c Nomenclature d Model e Assigned to f Remarks 1 NUCM NMCS data for the current report 2 Hour meter or odometer change information 3 Symbols 4 Any other needed maintenance data g Schedule in pencil any services needed 4 The current DD Form 314 will go with the equipment when it is transferred 5 The losing unit will keep a record of the NUCM NMCS time for the current report period up to the day the equipment was dropped from the property book 6 Destroy DD Form 314 when the equipment is sent to salvage 7 The losing unit will keep a record of NUCM NMCS time for the current report period 2 Prepare DA Form 2404 Reference DA Pamphlet 750 8 Chapter 3 paragraph 3 10 3 132 a Q nOD e The DA Form 2404 has three major purposes 1 Operator and crew 2 First line leaders 3 Maintenance supervisors Commander is equally responsible for keeping information current and correct on the DA Form 2404 DA Form 2404 is a record of faults found during an inspection 1 PMCS 2 Maintenance services 3 Diagnostic checks 4 Technical evaluation To inspect several like items of equipment use one DA Form 2404 such as use one DA Form 2404 to inspect 25 M16A2 rifl
293. s on open or incomplete supply requests This request is sent to the SSA Gaining unit The unit receiving property on a lateral transfer Hand and subhand receipt A document used to record acceptance of and responsibility for durable and nonexpendable items issued to an individual Hand receipt annex A document used to record overages and shortages of components of major end items and of chests sets kits and outfits Key control register A document used to ensure administrative accountability for keys Lateral transfer The permanent transfer of supplies or equipment from one unit to another unit Supplies or equipment are transferred using DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn In Maintenance category The level of maintenance to be applied for example O for organizational maintenance C for operator crew F for direct support maintenance H for general support maintenance D for depot maintenance malfunction Failure of an item to function in accordance with the its expected performance or functioning of the explosive components during a nonfunctional test A critical malfunction is one which may cause a hazard under the circumstances described above For purposes of clarity malfunctions do not include accidents and incidents resulting from negligence malpractice or implication in such situations as vehicular accidents fires and so on However malfunctions do include abnormal or premature function of explosive ammunition
294. ser Created Component Export screen 4 Import User Created Component Listings Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 1 2 a b C k Access the PBUSE Module Main menu Click Catalog Click Component to display the Component data screen with the Master Component Listing Tab LOGSA tab defaulted d Click User Created Tab e Click the Import Button to display the User Component Import screen f g h i J Click the Browse button to display the File Upload screen Click the Look In LOV and click the desired location Click the Files of type LOV and click the desired type i Click the File Name LOV and click the desired file name j Click the Open button to display the User Component Import screen with the selected file name Click the Submit button to import the file 5 Copy Component Data Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 2 a b c JQ 9a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu Click Catalog Click Component to display the Component data screen with the Master Component Listing Tab LOGSA tab defaulted Click Copy Component Data Click the UIC LOV Click the desired UIC Click the select check box on the desired records Click the select button Click the UNDO check box and the UNDO button as needed to remove records NOTE The UNDO ALL button will remove all records j k 3 100 Click the COPY button to save the records and display
295. ses screen Click the find button to display the UIC search screen Click the UIC to select the unit If no UlICs appear enter a complete or partial UIC in the UIC field and click the GO button NOTE The upper portion of the screen displays general information concerning the LINs The lower portion of the screen displays detailed data for the LIN highlighted in the LIN data list f Click the print button to display an Excel screen NOTE When the Excel screen appears click the Print Icon on the toolbar After the report is printed close the Excel screen oaao 30 April 2008 3 45 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 12 Print Installation Hand Receipts from the Property Book level utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 8 2 2 3 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Hand Receipt c Click Primary Hand Receipts to display the Primary Hand Receipts Processes Menu screen d Click the Installation Hand Receipts Tab e Click the find button to display the UIC search screen f Click the UIC to select the unit If no UICs appear enter a complete or partial UIC in the UIC field and click the GO button NOTE The upper portion of the screen displays general information concerning the LINs The lower portion of the screen displays detailed data for the LIN highlighted in the LIN data list g Click the Print button to display an Excel screen NOTE When the Excel screen appears click the Print icon on
296. shortages o Verify change documents are on hand for all transactions p Verify that change documents for shortage annexes are destroyed after being posted q Verify shortage annex is placed in the appropriate unit supply file c f k 4 Review DA Form 2062 used as an inventory list a Verify unit is using the inventory list to account for property when assigning responsibility is impractical b Verify copy of inventory list is kept in area where the property is located and placed where it can be easily seen c Verify inventory of property is being conducted and recorded at least semiannually d Verify unit SOP has instructions for using inventory list procedures e Ensure DA Form 2062 is filled out in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 5 Review DA Form 3749 Equipment Receipt used as a hand receipt a Verify equipment receipt is used to issue individual equipment to the same person for brief recurring periods b Ensure DA Form 3749 is filled out properly in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 c Verify an equipment receipt if prepared for each Soldier authorized to receipt property d Verify that equipment receipts are prepared and maintained correctly 6 Review DA Form 3161 used as a temporary hand receipt a Determine if unit hand receipt holders are loaning equipment to another unit without approval of PBO b Verify temporary hand receipts are only used to loan equipment for thirty
297. single line item number LIN with one make or model to DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 2 Posted a single LIN authorization with two or more makes or models to DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 Posted a substitute LIN item to DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 Corrected entries to DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 Remade DA Form 3328 and or DA Form 3328 1 Posted an Asset Adjustment Document Cancelled an Asset Adjustment Document Posted an Asset Adjustment New Item or Increase Posted an Asset Adjustment Decrease O OoOo N O o A QOQ _ Deleted Items from an Asset Adjustment Document Posted a Lateral Transfer Document Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 25 400 2 DA PAM 710 2 1 3 152 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Manage Hand Receipts Subhand Receipts 101 92Y 2102 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to manage hand receipts sub hand receipts Given blank DA Form 2062 Hand Subhand Receipt DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn in AR 710 2 Inventory Man
298. specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to Maintain Unit Load Data Given a computer with access to the PBUSE System database forms program pertinent data AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Standards Maintained accurate unit load data in accordance with procedures outlined in AR 710 2 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 Account for unit load References AR 710 2 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 20 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 7 paragraphs 7 2 7 3 7 5 and 7 7 a Verify that basic load is either on hand or on request b Ensure that Class basic Load is on sub hand receipt by 1 Lot number 2 Date of pack Ensure Class basic load is inventoried semiannually Record results of inventory Report any discrepancies to the commander Ensure that veterinarian inspects the Class basic load semiannually File the inventory and veterinary inspection in the unit supply files Inventory Class Il Ill IV and VIII basic loads semiannually as follows 1 Compare the storage location of each item with the location listed on the DA Form 3318 Records of Demands Title Insert 2 Count all items and change the balance on hand quantity if necessary 3 Check the condition of each item for damage If damaged replace or repair the item 4 Post the review results on the next available line in the demand section of DA Form 3318 i Establish
299. specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to supervise the inventory of property Given the property listings DA Form 2062 Hand Receipt Annex Number DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn in DA Form 2765 1 Request for Issue or Turn in DA Form 4949 Administrative Adjustment Report DD Form 200 Financial Investigation of Property Loss DD Form 362 Statement of Charges Cash Collection Voucher appropriate supply publications AR 190 11 Physical Security of Arms Ammunition and Explosives AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS AR 735 5 Policies and Procedures for Property Accountability DA Pamphlet 25 30 Consolidated Index Army Publications and Forms DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE system with forms program Standards Supervise the inventory of property to maintain 100 percent accountability of property Performance Steps 1 Prepare for inventory Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 9 paragraph 9 1 Check with the commander for any special instructions Verify that the current DA Pamphlet 25 30 is used to conduct the inventory Verify availability of facilities for laying out equipment Verify the date time and location of inventory with all hand receipt holders Identify personnel that will be assisting with the inventory Notify the subhand receipt holders of when
300. sponsibility for remaining current in all phases of their MOS The STP is the NCO primary source for maintaining MOS proficiency Another important resource for self development is the Army Correspondence Course Program ACCP For enrollment information in this program visit on line through the Army Institute for Professional Development AIPD website at http Awww atsc army mil accp aipdnew asp 1 5 Commander s Responsibilities Commanders must ensure that their unit training plans prepare the unit for war by enabling Soldiers to develop and sustain proficiency in their MOS and SL tasks Commanders should design unit training programs to provide individual training for all Soldiers assigned to the unit and to evaluate Soldier proficiency routinely as part of the commander s evaluation program The unit training program should also integrate individual training with crew drills and other collective training The MOS training plan provides information on which to base integration cross train train up and sustainment training programs Commanders should use the MOS training plan when developing unit training plans 1 2 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG 1 6 Trainers Responsibilities Training is the business of all unit leaders First line leaders are the principal trainers in the unit because they directly supervise Soldiers and lead crews squads sections and teams a Trainers can use the MOS training plan to determine the critical tas
301. ss VII durable property 1 Receipt of durable property 2 Issue durable property 3 Turn in durable property d Account for Class VII expendable property 1 Receipt of expendable property 2 Issue expendable property 3 Turn in expendable property e Account for lost damaged and destroyed property 8 Account for all Class VIII property References AR 40 61 Chapter 5 paragraph 5 2 a Identify Class VIII property b Account for Class VIII property 1 Receipt of Class VII property 2 Issue Class VII property 3 Turn in Class VII property c Account for lost damaged and destroyed Class VII property 9 Account for Class IX property References AR 710 2 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 21 a Identify Class IX property b Account for Class IX property 1 Receipt of Class IX property 2 Issue Class IX property 3 Turn in Class IX property c Account for lost damaged and destroyed Class IX property 10 Account for Class X property References CTA 50 909 Table 63 a Identify Class X property b Account for Class X property 1 Receipt of Class X property 2 Issue Class X property 3 Turn in Class X property c Account for lost damaged and destroyed Class X property 11 Account for Commercial Off The Shelf COTS items References AR 735 5 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 2 a Identify Commercial Off The Shelf COTS Items 1 Receipt of commercial off the shelf items 2 Issue commercial off the s
302. sses 2 3 4 Turned in organizational laundry without losses 5 6 Replenished the organizational laundry in the unit supply room 7 Filed completed copy of DA Form 1974 in the unit s laundry file Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 210 130 AR 25 400 2 DA FORM 1974 FM 10 27 4 LOCAL SOP 30 April 2008 3 123 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Subject Area 4 Arms Room Procedures Control Weapons and Ammunition in the Arms Room 101 92Y 1301 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the responsibility to control weapons and ammunition in the unit arms room Given AR 190 11 Physical Security of Arms Ammunition and Explosives AR 190 13 The Army Physical Security Program AR 25 50 Preparing and Managing Correspondence AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures Sensitive Item Inventory Listing DA Form 2062 Hand Receipt DA Form 3161 Request for Issue or Turn In DA Form 3749 Equipment Receipt Master Authorization List MAL DA Form 5513 Key Control Register and Inventory arms
303. sub hand receipt e Click the first prev next and last buttons to navigate the list f Click the LIN to select an item NOTE If the item is a Serial Registration Lot No for Reassign screen appears The upper portion of the screen displays general information about the selected LIN The lower portion of the screen displays the identifying number information g Click the First Prev Next and last buttons to navigate the list h Click the select check box for the end item NOTE Multiple check boxes may be selected However to ensure selections are saved click the Apply button before clicking the First Prev Next or Last buttons i Click the OK button on the Select dialog box NOTE To locate a specific item in the list a Click the Search button to display the Search Serial Lot Numbers screen b Enter the search values and click the Search button c If the LIN has an SRRC of N the item is automatically added to the selection list d Click the OK button on the dialog box e The end items selected for reassignment are displayed on t he lower portion of the Reassign Equipment Section To delete items from the selection list a Click the Delete check box and then click the Delete button b Click the Ok button on the delete conformation box and then click the ok button on the Delete dialog box c Click the losing qty field and adjust the losing quantity if necessary j Click the Apply button to complete the reassignment k Click th
304. supplies 30 April 2008 3 35 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 2 Receive Class V ammunition from the ASP References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 11 paragraph 11 10 and AR 710 2 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 45 AR 25 400 2 Chapter 7 paragraph 7 1 and Table 7 1 a Verify that the vehicle used to pick up ammunition will pass a stringent safety inspection in accordance with the ASP s SOP b Verify that the vehicle driver is briefed and has the DD Form 836 Dangerous Goods Shipping Paper Declaration and Emergency Response and DD Form 626 Motor Vehicle Inspection Transporting Hazardous Materials c Verify that that commander authorizes only Staff Sergeants and above to receipt for Category and Il ammunition d Report to the ASP customer service clerk and request inspection of the vehicles that will be used to transport ammunition Follow the ASP escort to the ammunition storage area Inventory the ammunition Verify lot numbers and quantities Load block and brace the ammunition on the transport vehicle Verify that the commander s representative signs the receipt block of the DA Form 581 Request for Issue and Turn In of Ammunition j Post the issue to the unit document register by completing the date and quantity received blocks on the DA Form 2064 SO 1 0 3 Process receipt documents References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 33 AR 25 400 2 Chapter 7 paragraph 7 1 and Table 7 1
305. t Weapon Record Data Equipment Control Record Request for Issue or Turn In Personal Clothing Request Request for Issue or Turn In Records of Demands Title Insert Property Record Serial Registration Number Record Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment Record Additional Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment Record Equipment Receipt Monthly Bulk Petroleum Accounting Summary Administrative Adjustment Report LRA Hands On Evaluation LRA Field Expedient Squad Book Key Control Register and Inventory Certificate Lost or Damaged Class 5 Ammunitions Items LRA Delegation of Authority Army Military Clothing Sales Stores Checklist and Tracking Document for Financial Liability Investigations of Property Loss Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms 1 January 2007 User s Guide for Army Publications and Forms 15 September 1996 The Army Privacy Program System of Records Notices and Exemption Rules 30 April 1999 O Security Procedures for Controlled Cryptographic Items 10 January 1991 Operating Procedures for the Army Food Program 6 February 2007 Risk Analysis for Army Property 30 September 1993 AMEDD Officer Development and Career Management 27 June 2007 Management and Administrative Procedures 1 August 1986 Cataloging and Supply Management Data Procedures for the Army Central Logistics Data Bank 1 November 2007 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures 31 December 199
306. t code see DA Pamphlet 750 8 Appendix B Table B 20 C is normally the code for maintenance request for turn in of property Check with your maintenance activity when the code you are looking for is not listed 3 64 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 8 Block 6 Enter the identification code ID shown below that identifies the type of number you will enter in block 7 a A National NATO stock number b C Manufacture s code and reference number CAGE Number c D Management control number MCN d P Other numbers Stock number 9 Block 7 Enter the stock number identified in block 6 10 Block 8 Enter the model number of the item 11 Block 9 Enter the noun nomenclature 12 Block 10a Enter organization work order number or organization document number For assignment of organization work order number ORGWON See DA Pamphlet 750 8 13 Block 10b Enter the end item code EIC See the FEDLOG 14 Block 11 a Enter the serial number of the item or registration number of non tactical wheeled vehicles in block 9 b Enter the lot number for ammunition c Leave blank if the form is used for more than one item d Leave blank if the equipment has more than one serial number e Mandatory entry if the equipment is INOP 15 Block 12 Enter the number of items Must be only one item listed if equipment is reportable under AR 700 138 and is NMC 16 Block 13 Enter
307. t tab click the Close button to return to the PBUSE Module Main Menu 15 Produce Commander s Financial Transaction Listing References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 12 9 pages 12 30 and 12 31 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu b Click Reports and then click Commander s Financial Transaction Listing to display the screen c To view the report click First Prev Next or Last buttons as desired d Search the listing for specific record s 1 Click the Search button to display the search screen 2 Click the LOV fields and then click the desired values 3 Complete the search criteria and then click the Execute Query button to display the results e To print the listing click the Print button to open the report using Microsoft Excel Once the report is displayed in Microsoft Excel 1 Click File located on the toolbar to display the File Menu 2 Click Print and select the desired printing options 3 Click OK to print the listing 4 Click Close to exit from Microsoft Excel NOTE To view and or print the entire listing click the Entire Report Button and then when prompted click the Continue button When completed the report will be available for downloading from the Download Commander s Report Function 16 Produce Commander s Exception Listing References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 12 10 pages 12 32 and 12 33 a Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu b Click Reports and then click Commander s Exceptio
308. t to display the Ammunition screen Request AMMO 1 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Document Number LOV to select the document number Click the Generate Fed Form button Click OK on the Java dialog box Click OK when the Fed Form Print screen appears 5 Cancel an Ammunition Request Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 2 10 a b C d e f g Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Request to display the Ammunition screen Request AMMO 1 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the document number LOV to select the document number Click the Cancel Transaction button Click the OK button on the Cancellation Confirmation box 6 Submit an Ammunition Want Slip to the PBO Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 2 11 a b c d e f g h Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Request to display the Ammunition screen Request AMMO 1 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Document Type LOV and select Want Slip Click the Want Slip LOV to select the want slip number Click the Submit to PBO button Click OK on the Warning confirmation box NOTE The want slip must be approved or rejected by the PBO before taking further action 7 Post PBO Disposition to a Want Slip Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 2 11 a b c d e f Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo
309. taneously combustible charcoal Black letters on white top and red bottom Background 4 Dangerous When Wet calcium carbide Black or white letters on blue background 5 Oxidizer hydrogen peroxide Black letters on yellow background 6 Organic peroxide methyl ethyl ketone peroxide MEKP Black letters on yellow background d Identify corrosive materials 1 Corrosive battery electrolyte Black figure on white top background and white letters on black bottom background 2 Miscellaneous dangerous polychlorinated biphenyls PCB Black stripes on top on white background e Identify poisonous materials 1 Poison gas Black letters on white background 2 Poison inhalation Black letters on white background with symbol colors reversed in upper corner f Identify radioactive materials 1 Radioactive nuclear weapons Black letters with red on white background 2 Radioactive II U 235 Fissile Il Black letters with red II on yellow top and white bottom background 3 Radioactive III nuclear isotopes Black letters with red III on yellow top and white bottom background g Identify hazardous materials using the MSDS attached to the shipping container 1 Review Section II to identify hazardous ingredients 2 Review Section Ill to identify physical and chemical characteristics 3 Review Section IV to identify fire and explosion data 4 Review Section V to identify reactivity data 5 Review Section VI
310. ted Soldier s clothing is taken to the medical facility 5 Determine disposition of personal effects and clothing of deceased personnel Reference DA Pamphlet 600 4 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 6 a Designate a recipient in the order of precedence of the deceased personal effects 1 Surviving spouse or legal representative 2 Eldest child 3 The parent who directs disposition of the remains 4 Eldest sibling 5 The next of kin of legal age in order of relationship to the deceased according to the law of the descendant s domicile 6 A beneficiary named in the descendant s will b Ship the property to the recipient at government expense NOTE The deceased property will be shipped at government expense if the surviving spouse or legal representative is not present where the effects are located Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Returned absentee clothing and personal effects to a Soldier who returns to home station 2 Returned absentee clothing and personal effects to a Soldier who has returned to another installation from Absent Without Leave 3 Disposed of absentee clothing equipment and personal effects when a Soldier is dropped from the rolls 4 Secured enlisted Soldiers clothing and personal effects when Soldier is hospitalized at duty installation 5 Determined disposition of personal effects and clothing of deceased personnel Evaluation Guidance Score the S
311. ter AR 25 400 2 Army Records Information Management System DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level DA Pamphlet 750 8 The Army Maintenance Management System the unit s local standing operating procedures SOPs supplies and equipment to be transferred and a Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with a forms program Standards Laterally transfer property without losing supply accountability in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Performance Steps 1 Perform inventory of property Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 3 Section Ill paragraph 3 18 a Verify end item is the correct item to be transferred by checking property records b Check to see if components for the end item are on hand c Verify basic issue items BII are on hand d Prepare a shortage annex for all shortages 2 Determine the condition of property to be transferred Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Section Ill paragraph 3 19 a When condition of item is known to be serviceable proceed with transfer If condition is unknown complete DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet b Prepare DA Form 2407 Maintenance Request for items requiring condition coding NOTE The direct support unit DSU may require other forms Review the DSU external SOP to determine if other forms are required Not all supplies and equipment need to have a condition code for
312. ter 2 paragraph 2 29 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 10 2 2 pages 10 5 10 6 and 10 7 a Post Manual Document Register 1 Enter AC1 and the Julian date if requesting cancellation of the entire quantity in pencil in Column N of DA Form 2064 2 Enter AC1 quantity and Julian date if requesting cancellation of a partial quantity in pencil in Column N of DA Form 2064 b View activity register to display request for cancellation and follow up information 1 Access the PBUSE Module Main menu 2 Click Activity Register to display the Activity Register menu 3 Click the Cancellation tab and then click the desired Doc Num link to display request for cancellation and follow up information 4 Submit the Request for Cancellation of supplies to the appropriate SSA References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 paragraph 2 29 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 9 4 pages 9 8 and 9 9 a Process manual Request for Cancellation by sending a hard copy to SSA NOTE A request for cancellation is not complete until verification is received from the SSA This is a supply status card with a BQ status code b Process automated cancellation requests to the SSA via PBUSE 1 Send Supply Transaction File to the SSA NOTE MILSTRIP transactions are sent to the FDP using interfaces SARSS 1 Download Files Function 5 Prepare a follow up on a Request for Cancellation of supplies References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 paragraph 2
313. the copying completes successfully message Click the OK button and the system returns to the Component Data screen with the Copy Component data tab displayed 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Update Publication Data Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 6 5 3 a b C Access the PBUSE Module Main Menu Click Catalog Click Component to display the Component data screen with the Master Component Listing Tab LOGSA tab defaulted Click User Created Component Tab With the desired record highlighted click the Update Pub Data button to display the Update Publication Data Screen Modify the Publication Number as desired Modify the Publication Date as desired Click the Apply button to display the Upload Successfully message and then click OK Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement Performance Measures GO 1 O oa A W N Viewed LOGSA Master Component Listing Viewed User Created Component Listings Exported User Created Component Listings Imported User Created Component Listings ae Copied Component Data Updated Publication Data NO GO Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measures are failed If the Soldier scores NO GO show what
314. the Insert button Click the Post Post check box Enter the turn in document number in the Doc No field Click the Ammunition radio button Click the Apply button to display the receipted ammunition Enter the Qty To Turn in Click the Remarks button to enter remarks if desired Click the Apply button n Click Ok on the confirmation box NOTE The quantity entered cannot exceed the quantity of live ammunition turned in to the primary hand receipt holder 29 Create a Post Post Residue Turn In to the ASP Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 5 2 Access the PBUSE Main Menu Click Ammo Click Turn In to display the Ammunition screen Turn In AMMO 4 tab Click the UIC LOV to select a UIC Click the Receipt Doc No LOV to select the document number Click the Insert button Click the Post Post check box Enter the turn in document number in the Doc No field Click the Residue radio button Click the Apply button Click the Insert Item button to display the Insert Residue Item screen 3 x Te LD an0 oD o gt 33_ x 53QO LdDano TD JINA 4 0Q0008 PN am 30 April 2008 3 109 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps If an item is added in error 1 Click the Delete check box 2 Click the Delete button Enter data in the required fields Click the Apply button Click the Remarks button to enter remarks if desired Click the Apply button Click OK on the co
315. the NSN to display the Serial No Issuing Facility DODAAC screen NOTE This screen is used to perform multiple functions For selected items determined by the SRRC you can enter a serial number or an Issuing Facility DODAAC The Issuing Facility DODAAC is used to track what facility issued the item and in what quantities 7 Click the Insert Issuing Facility button NOTE The Insert Issuing Facility Screen opens with the entries for the DODAAC and the QTY 8 Close the Insert Issuing Facility screen 9 Click the Inventory Statement button to print with an inventory statement 10 Click the Generate 3645 button to print a DA Form 3645 1 g Insert a Serial Number 1 Access the OCIE Clothing Record tab 2 Click the NSN to display the Serial No Issuing Facility DODAAC screen 3 Click the Insert Serial No button to display the Add Serial No Registration No Lot No screen 4 Enter the data in the appropriate fields 5 Click the Apply button NOTE If the number of serial numbers added equals the quantity on hand another dialog box will appear warning that the number of serial numbers cannot exceed the on hand quantity Click the OK button 1 1 1 30 April 2008 3 117 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps h Delete a Serial Number 1 Access the OCIE Clothing Record tab 2 Click the NSN to display the Serial No Issuing Facility DODAAC screen 3 Click the Select checkbox next to the serial number 4 Click the
316. the priority designator NOTE See DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 Table 2 1 priority designator table and select the priority designator based upon the unit s FAD UND 17 Block 14 Leave blank 18 Block 15a Enter failure codes from DA Pamphlet 750 8 Table B 3 leave blank if no failure occurred 19 Block 15b Enter first indication of trouble code from DA Pamphlet 750 8 Table B 4 or how recognized code from DA Pamphlet 738 751 20 Block 16 Enter the miles or kilometers from the odometer on the equipment beside the M or K Round to the nearest mile or kilometer If the equipment has no odometer leave blank Enter the hour reading to the nearest hour beside the H from the hour meter mounted on the equipment If the equipment has no meter leave blank Enter the total equivalent full charge EFC rounds fired beside the R See the item s DA Form 2408 4 Weapon Record Data If rounds do not apply to the equipment leave blank 21 Block 17 Enter the project code if one has been assigned If not leave blank 22 Block 18 Enter the account processing code APC if required by your unit The APC is a code prescribed locally for costing and budget identification of customers and organizations reference TM 38 711 13 P2 TEST If not required leave blank 23 Block 19 Enter Y or N to indicate whether equipment is still under manufacturer s warranty If Y submit one work r
317. the sear housing assembly c Check weapon for serviceability d Perform organizational maintenance as required e Perform cleaning and lubrication 1 Use break free CLP to lubricate weapons 2 Clean with soft cloth and weapon cleaning kit 3 Wipe dry with a cloth and apply a light coat of CLP LSA 4 Refer to TM 9 1010 230 10 for detailed cleaning and lubrications f Reassemble the MK19 MOD 3 machine gun 1 Replace the sear housing assembly 2 Replace the charging assemblies 3 Replace the round position block 4 Replace the ogive plunger 5 Replace the alignment guide assembly 6 Replace the vertical cam assembly 7 Replace the primary drive lever 8 Replace the feed tray 9 Replace the top cover assembly 10 Replace the feed slide assembly 11 Replace the secondary drive lever 12 Replace the bolt and back plate assembly g Perform function check 1 Pull the charger handle fully rearward and push it forward and down until locked 2 Place the weapon in the SAFE position the red stripe must be hidden 3 Depress the trigger plate the bolt should not go forward 4 Place the weapon in the FIRE position the red stripe must be visible _ SOONOAnOTD 30 April 2008 3 139 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Pull and hold the charger handle to the rear and depress the trigger plate allowing the bolt to go forward as far as possible under your control CAUTION Do not allow the bolt to slam forward
318. tion Select View Maintain Parameter Tables to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen with the Report Processing A D tab defaulted Click the Reference Lookup Table tab to display the View Maintain Parameter tables screen with the Account Processing Code table Click the Code Table LOV to display the list of selected Code Tables Click the desired Code Table to refresh the screen and display the information g To search for a specific information within the displayed Code Table NOTE The search screen name and fields displayed will be based on the Code Table selected 3 88 1 Click the Search button to display the Form Number Search screen 2 Type the appropriate information and click the Find button to display the results 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Click the Refresh button to display the entire list NOTE All records that contain the search criteria will be displayed 4 To print the report using Excel click the Print button 3 Add a Code to the Reference Lookup Table References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 5 8 2 2 Access the PBUSE main menu Select Administration Select View Maintain Parameter Tables to display the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen Click the Code Table LOV to display the Code Tables Click the desired Code Table Click the Insert button to display the Account Processing Insert screen NOTE The insert screen name and fields displayed
319. tions to continue lt lt BACK TO LIST gt gt lt lt NEW SEARCH gt gt lt lt PRINT gt gt lt lt PREVIOUS gt gt or lt lt NEXT gt gt to obtain record information for the desired records information Do not destroy this printed information it will be used later to develop your Office Records List ORL 3 Place the cursor over the lt lt BACK TO LIST gt gt option located at the top of the file information and click the left mouse button The system returns to the search results screen 4 Select the next desired Record Category to obtain file description and filing instructions NOTE Repeat sub step c as often as required until all record information regarding supply and maintenance records has been obtained d Close the ARIMS application 1 Place the mouse cursor over the File command located on the Internet browser tool bar and left click the mouse button The system displays the drop down menu 2 Click on Close the Internet browser will close 2 Prepare an Office Records List ORL for all required unit supply files without Records Manager Assist RM Assist Reference AR 25 400 2 paragraph 5 10 and Table 5 1 NOTE Use the file description information printed in the previous performance step to extract the required data to prepare an ORL ORLs are required and are prepared using the RM Assist in ARIMS when the user has a registered account with ARIMS ORLs prepared without RM Assist should include at a
320. to correct errors in serial numbers if there is a possibility of a substitution or if the item is a sensitive item AQT O 5 Record DA Form 4949 Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 4 paragraph 4 19 NOTE When the document register is maintained by the PBO The PBO will record the Document Number in the Document Register and post adjustments to the property records Enter in Column a the Julian Date Enter in Column b the Four Digit Document Serial Number Leave Column c blank Leave Column d blank Enter in Column e AAR for Administrative Adjustment Report Leave Column f blank Leave Column g blank Leave Column h blank Leave Column blank Leave Column j blank Leave Column k blank Leave Column blank Enter in Column m the Julian date the Administrative Adjustment Report was posted to the property records n File the Administrative Adjustment Report in the supporting documents file 3 xO LD aon oD 6 Create an Administrative Adjustment Report utilizing the PBUSE System Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 7 3 1 Access the PBUSE MAIN MODULE menu Click the PROPERTY BOOK menu Click the Administrative Adjustment Report screen material items tab Click the find button to display the UIC search screen Click the UIC to select the unit If no UIC s appear enter a complete UIC and click the Go button or enter a partial UIC click the Go button and then click the desire
321. to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM LOCAL SOP AR 25 400 2 AR 190 11 AR 710 2 AR 735 5 DA FORM 2062 DA FORM 3161 DA PAM 25 30 DA PAM 25 380 2 DA PAM 710 2 1 TB 380 41 30 April 2008 3 59 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Turn In Property Army Assets 101 92Y 1023 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment given the requirement to turn in property Army assets Given AR 25 400 2 The Army Records Information Management System ARIMS DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures property records blank turn in forms DA Form 2064 Document Register for Supply Actions authorization documents a Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System with a forms program and property for turn in Standards Turn in property Army assets without losing supply accountability in accordance with DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM and the local SOP Performance Steps 1 Identify items for turn in Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 3 paragraphs 3 1 and 3 5 a Identify non expendable items 1 Excess to authorized allowances 2 Not needed and the authorization is not mandatory 3 Unserviceable 4 Uneconomically Repairable 5 Found on Installation 2 Prepare the property to be turned in Reference DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 paragraph 3 1 a Clean the property b Update all accompanying maintenance records c Package a
322. to identify health hazard data 6 Review Section VII to identify precautions for safe handling and use 7 Review Section VIII to identify personal protective equipment requirements NOTE Retain all required hazard markings labels and placards on hazardous material packages until the package is sufficiently clean of residue and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazards 8 Select personal protective equipment PPE when handling hazardous materials Reference TM 38 410 Chapter 8 Section V paragraphs 8 15 through 8 20 a Select proper clothing and equipment when handling hazardous materials 1 Wear safety goggles Wear rubber gloves Wear a rubber apron 30 April 2008 3 53 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps 9 Store hazardous materials Reference TM 38 410 Chapter 4 Section II paragraphs 4 1 through 4 23 WARNING Always wear PPE when storing hazardous materials a Store items of supply based upon compatibility b Store items of supply by hazardous storage area codes NOTE Hazardous materials are generally classified by their primary hazard characteristic since it is not practical to provide a completely detailed item by item listing of these materials and their storage requirements The 10 broad areas of hazardous materials storage are A Radioactive C Corrosive D Oxidizer E Explosive F Flammable G Gas Compressed L Low Hazard General Purpose P Peroxide Organic R Reactive and T Poison The code
323. to perform the task in wartime 30 April 2008 1 1 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG e Standards The task standards describe how well and to what level of proficiency the Soldier must perform the task under wartime conditions Standards are typically expressed in terms of accuracy completeness duration sequence speed and tolerance e Performance steps This section provides in detail what is required on how to perform the task e Performance measures This section identifies specific actions that the Soldier must accomplish to complete the task successfully Performance measures appear in a GO NO GO rating format for easy evaluation Some tasks may also include detailed training information in a Training Information Outline and an Evaluation Preparation Section The Evaluation Preparation Section indicates necessary modifications to task performance in order to train and evaluate a task that cannot be trained to the wartime standard under wartime conditions It may also include special training and evaluation preparation instructions to accommodate these modifications and any instructions that should be given to the Soldier before evaluation e References This section identifies references that provide more detailed explanations of task performance requirements than are given in the task summary e Warnings Warnings alert users to the possibility of immediate personal injury or equipment damage e Notes Notes provide additional supportive explan
324. to supplies 1 Open flame devices will not be used in the flammable storage area No smoking rule will be rigidly enforced 2 Place fire extinguishers by required type in flammable storage area 3 Roll paint drums stored horizontally every 90 days 7 Identify hazardous materials based upon placards labels marking and material safety data sheets MSDS References TM 38 410 Chapter 2 Section II paragraph 2 4 and Table 2 1 and MIL STD 129P NOTE All hazardous material class labels are diamond shaped Each side of the diamond is at least four inches long Each label is a distinctive color and contains both a representative symbol and the class designation a Identify explosives 1 Black letters on orange background with graphic of explosion plus division and compatibility group letters 2 Black letters on orange background with number and compatibility group letters 3 52 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Steps b Identify flammable and non flammable liquid gases 1 Flammable gas acetylene Black or white letters on red background 2 Nonflammable gas nitrogen Black or white letters on green background 3 Nonflammable gas oxygen Black letters on yellow background c Identify flammable solids flammable liquid and oxidizing materials 1 Flammable liquid acetone Black or white letters on red background 2 Flammable solid matches Black letters on red and white striped background 3 Spon
325. tory b Determine the expense to the Government for shipping the property to new installation c Forward the information to the new station for collection of shipping expenses from the enlisted Soldier s pay d Arrange to ship abandoned effects with local transportation office e Place a copy of the inventory and shipping receipt documents in the unit supply files 3 Dispose of absentee clothing equipment and personal effects when a Soldier is dropped from the rolls Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 13 DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 10 paragraph 10 18 and DA Pamphlet 600 8 Chapter 9 paragraph 9 3 a Turn military personal clothing in through normal supply channels for reclassification and return to stock 1 Ensure the identity and the assigned unit of the Soldier is listed on the turn in document 2 Attach a statement from the commander verifying that the Soldier was dropped from the rolls on a certain date 3 Attach a statement verifying that all abandoned recoverable items listed on the inventory form are included on the turn in document b File the completed copy of the turn in document in the unit s supply files c Turn organizational clothing and individual equipment OCIE in to the central issue facility CIF d Return overages as found on installation to the CIF e Prepare adjustment documents for shortages f Ensure the installation commander appoints a summary court officer 3 164 30 April 2008
326. ual personal effects Given DA Form 3078 Personal Clothing Request DA Form 3645 Organizational Clothing and Individual Equipment Record AR 700 84 Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Using Unit Supply System Manual Procedures DA Pamphlet 600 8 Management and Administrative Procedures AR 25 400 2 The Army Record Information Management System ARIMS local standing operating procedures SOPs and plain bond paper Standards Account for and secure absentee s clothing equipment and personal effects while maintaining 100 percent accountability in accordance with AR 700 84 Performance Steps 1 Inventory absentee clothing equipment and personal effects Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 12 a Verify that the commander designates a commissioned officer warrant officer or non commissioned officer E 5 and above to inventory the Soldier s property Reference AR 700 84 Chapter 12 paragraph 12 13a 1 b Prepare a DA Form 3078 for inventory of absentee personal military clothing in four copies the original plus three copies 1 Block 3 Enter the date 2 Block 4 Enter the name of the absentee Soldier Block 5 Enter social security number SSN 4 Block 6 Enter rank grade Block 7 Enter the organization Block 11 Check the appropriate blocks Block 13 Enter the date and initials of the person performing the inventory Block 14 Enter the unit phone number Block 16 Enter AR 700 84 and
327. umn lists the subject area number and title in the same order as Section I Part One of the MOS Training Plan e Task Number Column This column lists the task numbers for all tasks included in the subject area e Title Column This column lists the task title for each task in the subject area e Training Location Column This column identifies the training location where the task is first trained to Soldier training publications standards If the task is first trained to standard in the unit the word Unit will be in this column If the task is first trained to standard in the training base it will identify by brevity code for example ANCOC BNCOC and so on the resident course where the task was taught Figure 2 1 contains a list of training locations and their corresponding brevity codes Advanced Individual Training Advanced Noncommissioned Officer Course Basic Noncommissioned Officer Course Trained in the Unit Figure 2 1 Training Locations 30 April 2008 2 1 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG e Sustainment Training Frequency Column This column indicates the recommended frequency at which the tasks should be trained to ensure Soldiers maintain task proficiency Figure 2 2 identifies the frequency codes used in this column Biannually Annually Semiannually Quarterly Monthly Biweekly Weekly Figure 2 2 Sustainment Training Frequency Codes e Sustainment Training Skill Level Column This column lists the SLs of the MOS for
328. unit files NOTE These websites have been designated as official Army sites for departmental publications and forms https akocomm us army mil uspap AKO all departmental publications to include distribution restricted items http www army mil usapa index html Army homepage all unrestricted departmental publications and forms https www logsa army mil 9Army technical and equipment publications except engineering and medical http Awww apd army mil Administrative publications and forms http Awww atsc army mil Army doctrinal and training publications except engineering amp medical http Awww usace army mil usace docs Army engineering publications except administrative and http Awww armymedicine army mil default2 htm Army medical publications except administrative gt For department of Defense forms access http www dtic mil whs directives infomgt forms formsprogram htm Evaluation Preparation At the test site provide all materials that are relevant to the task to include those mentioned in the condition statement 3 6 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Accessed DA Pamphlet 25 30 2 Updated DA Form 17 using DA Pamphlet 25 30 website to search for new publications or changes to current unit publications 3 Prepared a DA Form 17 to update the unit s publications list and obtain new publications 4 Forwarded DA Form 17 and DA Form 17 1 to the unit publ
329. us materials in unit storage area without losing supply accountability and in accordance with AR 190 11 TM 38 410 and local SOPs Performance Steps 1 Store Class Meals Ready to Eat MRE a Prepare to store supplies 1 Review storage area layout to determine best location for storage 2 Verify storage area is clean and dry 3 Verify storage area is properly ventilated 4 Verify the storage area temperature remains constant between 70 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit 5 Verify the storage area can be secured 6 Obtain necessary supplies or equipment to store Class MREs b Store MREs using indoor covered storage 1 Place wooden pallets on floor ground 2 Stack MREs on the wooden pallets leaving a space between each case cross stacking 3 Place each lot on a separate pallet using the cross stacking method 4 Stack oldest date packs in front 5 Mark the lots and place the cases of MREs on the pallet where the date of pack can be seen location placard 6 Do not stack MREs near the ceiling or heater pipes where temperature is high c Take precautionary measures to avoid loss or damage to supplies 1 Place a fire extinguisher in the storage area 2 Place a mousetrap on each corner of the storage area Report any signs of insect or rodent infestation to proper authority 3 Check MREs periodically for pilferage spoilage and lot expiration date 2 Store Class Il expendable supplies a Prepare to store supplies
330. ved The person signing for receipt of items will complete this entry in ink 2 Block 13 Print name date and sign in Include rank 3 Block 15 Print name date and sign in Include rank d File the completed document in the unit supply file 7 Prepare manual DD Form 1348 6 as a request for issue for a NON NSN item References DA Pamphlet 710 2 1 Chapter 2 Figure 2 3 a Complete the card column section of DD Form 1348 6 1 Card column 8 22 Enter the commercial and Government entity CAGE when available and the part number 2 Card column 23 24 Enter the unit of issue 3 Card column 25 29 Enter the quantity requested Use all five positions Enter zeros 0 to the left of the quantity 4 Card column 30 35 Enter the unit DODAAC 5 Card column 36 39 Enter the Julian date 6 Card column 40 43 Enter the serial number 7 Card column 44 Enter the demand code R for recurring N for nonrecurring 8 Card column 54 56 Enter the proper EIC Use the EIC that identifies the major end item for which the request applies 9 Card column 57 59 Enter the project code if assigned otherwise leave blank 10 Card column 60 61 Enter the priority designator 11 Card column 62 64 Enter RDD or leave blank Enter 999 for not mission capable supply NMCS request requiring expedited handling originating overseas or in CONUS units deploying within 30 days For all other NMCS anticipated not mission capable sup
331. was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM AR 710 2 DA PAM 710 2 1 LOCAL SOP 30 April 2008 3 101 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Perform Ammunition Transactions 101 92Y 1125 Conditions Assigned as a unit supply specialist in a field or garrison environment and given the requirement to Maintain Ammunition Data in the Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE System Given a computer with access to the PBUSE System database AR 710 2 Supply Policy Below the National Level and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Standards Maintained ammunition data in the Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced System in accordance with procedures outlined in AR 710 2 and AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Performance Steps 1 Open an Ammunition Request Document Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 13 1 and 13 2 a Access the PBUSE Main Menu b Click Ammo c Click Request to display the Ammunition screen Request AMMO 1 tab d Click the Insert button e Select the UIC DODAAC and Ammo Type by clicking their respective LOVs 1 If the Ammo Type chosen is C combat a Enter the Pickup UIC b Select the Pickup Date from the calendar c Enter the Pickup Time 2 If the Ammo Type chosen is T training a Enter the Fiscal year FY b Select the Training Dates From and To from the calendar c Enter the Pickup UIC d Select the Pickup Date from the calendar e Enter the Pickup
332. when where and how the inventory will be conducted f Verify that the current publications are available for use during the inventory g Check all items to verify the description on unit hand receipt is correct h Make a visual check of the condition of the property i Count all items listed on the hand receipt e 4 Conduct a tool room inventory Conduct inventory semiannually b Inventory all tools sets kits and outfits in the tool room c Record the results of the inventory including discrepancies on a memorandum NOTE Inventory listings produced by automated systems will satisfy the requirement for the memorandum d Account for all discrepancies in accordance with AR 735 5 5 Conduct a cyclic inventory NOTE A cyclic inventory may be conducted in lieu of an annual inventory Cyclic inventories may be conducted monthly quarterly or semiannually This breaks down to 10 percent of property book items monthly 25 percent quarterly and 50 percent semiannually a Identify items designated by the PBO or responsible officer to be inventoried b Identify when and how the inventory is to be conducted c Inventory required property with hand or sub hand receipt holders d Check the items to ensure the item and the description on the hand or sub hand receipt match NOTE Make a list of any differences e Make a visual check of the condition of the property NOTE Make a list of any damaged prop
333. which Soldiers must receive sustainment training to ensure they maintain proficiency to Soldiers manual standards 2 2 Subject Area Codes Skill Level 1 1 Basic Supply 2 Supply Procedures 3 Organizational Clothing Procedures 4 Arms Room Procedures Skill Level 2 5 Filing Procedures 6 Property Book Procedures 7 Absentee Property Accountability Procedures 8 Relief from Property Responsibility Procedures 2 3 Duty Position Training Requirements MOS TRAINING PLAN 92Y PART ONE SECTION II DUTY POSITION TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Subject Cross Duty Position Areas Train Train up Merger SL 1 Unit Supply Specialist 1 4 3 4 Unit Supply Sergeant S 4 NCOIC SL 2 Unit Supply Specialist 5 8 3 4 Unit Supply Sergeant S 4 NCOIC 2 2 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG 2 4 Critical Tasks List Task Number MOS TRAINING PLAN 92Y12 CRITICAL TASKS Training Location Skill Level 1 Subject Area 1 Basic Supply 101 92Y 1011 101 92Y 1012 101 92Y 1013 101 92Y 1014 101 92Y 1015 Account for Property Maintain Required Publications Maintain Unit Supply Files Prepare Delegation of Authority Documents Prepare a Document Register Subject Area 2 Supply Procedures 101 92Y 1016 101 92Y 1017 101 92Y 1018 101 92Y 1019 101 92Y 1020 101 92Y 1021 101 92Y 1022 101 92Y 1023 101 92Y 1024 101 92Y 1025 101 92Y 1026 101 92Y 1120 101 92Y 1121 101 92Y 1122 101 92Y 1123 101 92Y 1124
334. will be based on the Code Table selected Fields in RED are required fields g Type the desired information h Click the Apply button i j DA0T M Click the Ok to the message Record inserted successfully Click the Close button to return to the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen with the added code displayed 4 Modify a Code on the Reference Lookup Table References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 5 8 2 3 a Access the View maintain Parameter Tables screen Reference Lookup Table tab b Click the Code Table LOV to display all codes c Select the desired Code Table d Click the desired underscored Code from the Code field to display the Fund Update screen NOTE The update screen name and fields displayed will be based on the Code Table selected Fields in RED are required fields e Modify the desired information and then click the Apply button to save f Click Ok to the message Report updated successfully to return to the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen with the modifications displayed 5 Delete a Code from the Reference Lookup Table References AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 5 8 2 4 a Access the View Maintain Parameter Tables screen b Click the Reference Lookup Table tab and then click the LOV to select the desired Code Table c Locate the code in the delete column and then click the checkbox to display a check mark d Click the delete button e Click OK to the message
335. ystem you must initiate your units Continuity Of Operation Procedures COOP a Power on the PBUSE Desktop system NOTE Consult the owner s manual for all of the related hardware to locate power switches 1 Power on the Central Processing Unit 2 Power on the Monitor 3 Power on the Printer b Power on the PBUSE Laptop System NOTE Consult the owner s manual for all of the related hardware to locate power switches 1 Power on the Laptop NOTE When Laptop is docked in Port Replicator cowering on the system is initiated with the Port Replicator 2 Power on Port Replicator 3 Power on Monitor 5 Access the PBUSE database Reference AIS Manual GCSS A T PBUSE EM Section 3 2 3 Locate the internet browser shortcut icon for Internet Explorer on the system desktop Click the Shortcut icon to access the web Locate the PBUSE login page Enter a valid login name in the User Name Field Enter a valid password in the Password field Click the Login button to display the DOD Security Warning screen Click the Continue button to display the PBUSE Module Homepage 1 Click Home to reload or return to Homepage from another screen 2 Click Download to display links to useful download options Click Updates to display PBUSE updates Click Help Desk Info to display Help Desk Support Options Identify Links Support Option Qaguw DaasM YS YS wr wa 3 4 5 3 84 30 April 2008 STP 10 92Y12 SM TG Performance

STP 10-92Y12-SM-TG Soldier`s Manual and Trainer`s

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents